Rema Tip Top Industrie 2013

REMA TIP TOP INDUSTRIAL PROGRAM
2012 / 2013
Material Processing
Surface Protection
Legal Indication
INDUSTRIAL PROGRAM
Legal Indication for the Industrial Program All information is given to the best of our knowledge. All specifications are to be considered non-binding information. Any claim for damages of any kind is excluded. We reserve the right to change technical specifications without prior notice, provided that they ensure product improvement. The information presented is based on technical experience but does not guarantee a products suitability for specific applications, and does not relieve the users of the responsibility to undertake their own testing, including where any third-party trademark rights are concerned. For special applications and operating conditions with regard to temperature, UV light, ozone, acids and alkaline solutions, dynamic and static forces, tensions, elongations and other influences, contact your local REMA TIP TOP distributor for technical advice. Operating and working instructions, product information and general instructions on the vulcanization properties of natural and synthetic rubber should be followed carefully. The mechanical and physical values presented for our products relate only to the material listed (without bonding layer and without fabric) based on the accompanying inspections for approval; these represent statistical product data, but not guaranteed product properties. The weight indications (kg/m, kg/m, etc.) represent statistical values only and are not necessarily identical to the actual weights. The weights indicated are merely guidelines for the handling, transport and application of our product. The dimension tolerances are based on part 5 of DIN 7715, classification P3 (admissible dimension tolerances for sheets) and DIN ISO 3302-1, classification M4 (molded parts made of soft rubber). Other tolerances of specific products for special applications are subject to a mutual agreement and must be stipulated in a special contract. Products containing hazardous substances are labeled in accordance with the EU regulations 67/548/EEC and 1999/45/EC for the classification, packaging and labeling of hazardous materials and preparations. In order to preserve product properties, the storage conditions indicated in DIN 7716 should be followed (including storing the product in the original package and in an area that is dry, cool, and dark). Products printed in bold are normally available from stock.
Our service is your success!
ONE BRAND - ONE SOURCE - ONE SYSTEM
Wear protection REMALINE High-quality rubber lining materials REMASTAR High wear resistance rubber lining material UNILINE Rubber lining material for simple applications REMATHAN Polyurethane lining material REMAFLON Non-stick liners REMALEN Non-stick liners REMASLIDE Plate Non-stick liners REMALOX Ceramic lining material Special rubber elements REMAMILL Mill lining REMADUST Dust sealing systems
7-43 8-22
Conveying REMACLEAN F-Series - for use on pulley REMACLEAN U-Series - for use on belt REMACLEAN Belt Cleaning Brushes REMACLEAN Belt Return Side Scraper
45-102 81-85 86-96 97-100 101-102 104-110 111-112 115-146 113-114 116-121 122-123 124-129 130-132 133 134-146
23
24-25 26-28 29 29 30 31 32-38 40-41 42-43
C D
Bonding systems
103-114
REMABOND Adhesive Systems REMAFIX filler and repair pastes Self-vulcanising repair systems Conveyor maintenance Cold splicing and repair products WK splicing and repair products Hot splicing and repair products Vulcanising presses REMAPRESS for hot vulcanising Cleats and corrugated edges REMACLIP Mechanical belt splicing systems
Conveying
45-102 46-59
REMAGRIP High-quality pulley lagging UNIGRIP Drum coating material for simple applications REMASLEEVE Belt idler sleeves REMASKIRT Skirting rubber UNISKIRT Skirting rubber seal REMASLIDE Low-friction impact bars REMACLEAN Scraper Rubber REMACLEAN Belt Scraper REMACLEAN Tension Unit
Coating systems
147-169
COROFLAKE Corrosion protection spray and trowelled coatings COROFLAKE Corrosion protection spray coatings COROGARD TOPLINE Corrosion protection laminate coatings TIP TOP LINING Corrosion protection laminate coatings COROPUR Polyurethane coating for atmospheric corrosion protection COROPUR Polyurethane coatings for steel water constructions COROPUR Polyurethane primer
148-149
60-61 62-65 66-68 69 70 71-75 76-78 79-80
150-153 154
155
156-157
158-160
161-163 164-165
REMACOAT 2K polyurea corrosion and abrasion protection spray coatings 166-169
INDUSTRIAL PROGRAM
Content
Rubber lining for corrosion protection CHEMOLINE soft rubber lining Adhesive system for CHEMOLINE CN (vulcanised) Bonding system for CHEMOLINE (un-vulcanised) CHEMONIT Hard rubber lining Bonding system for CHEMONIT hard rubber linings
171-190 172-180 181-182 183-184 185-187 188-189 191-233 190
Wear protection Conveying Bonding systems Conveyor maintenance Coating systems Rubber lining for corrosion protection Tools Appendix
A B C D E F G H
G H
Tools
Accessories
Protective clothing and safety equipment Appendix Index Tools and accessories
192-196 235-248 236-237 197-233
QUESTIONNAIRES General mill lining Wear protection lining Pulley coverings REMACLEAN Belt Cleaning System REMAPRESS Vulcanising press Conveyor belt cover systems Corrosion protection lining systems Order form Splice packages for steelcord belts Natural and synthetic rubber Typical characteristics 238 239-240 241-242 243 244 245 246 247 248
xx-xx 7-44 7-43

REMALINE High-quality rubber lining materials REMASTAR High wear resistance rubber lining material UNILINE Rubber lining material for simple applications REMATHAN Polyurethane lining material REMAFLON Non-stick liners REMALEN Non-stick liners REMASLIDE Plate Non-stick liners REMALOX Ceramic lining material Special rubber elements REMAMILL Mill lining REMADUST Dust sealing systems 8-22
Wear protection Verschleischutz Conveying Frderanlagen-Service Bonding systems Spezialklebstoffe und Lsungen Conveyor maintenance Gurtwartung Coating systems Beschichtungs-Systeme
A B C D E F G H
23
24-25 26-28 29 29 30 31 32-38 40-41 42-43
Korrosionsschutzgummierung protection
Tools Werkzeuge Appendix Gurtwartung Anhang
Rubber lining for corrosion
Wear protection REMALINE 25

Properties: Highly elastic and flexible Noise damping Wear resistant (round grains)
REMALINE High-quality rubber lining materials
Area of application: Sleeves for idlers Lining of elevator and excavator buckets Discharge hopper for dry mortar Flexilo and hopper lining Noise damping lining
REMALINE 25/CN
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color 549 9025 REMALINE 25/CN Ref. No. Designation NR/IR 0.98 g/cm 33 5 Shore A 74% 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 4240 REMALINE 25/CN 549 4264 REMALINE 25/CN 549 4288 REMALINE 25/CN 549 4295 REMALINE 25/CN
549 9000 REMALINE 25/CN
10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm 15 x 2 000 mm 20 x 2 000 mm
6 x 2 000 mm
3 x 1 500 mm
Dimensions
11.20 kg/m 13.32 kg/m 16.20 kg/m 21.40 kg/m
6.62 kg/m
3.09 kg/m
Weight
Properties: Highly wear-resistant; especially resistant to wet abrasion Highly elastic Excellent self-cleaning capability
Area of application: Sand and gravel industry Slurry handling Lining of slurry chutes, pipes, pumps, hydrocyclones, flotation cells, tanks and launders
Chutes / discharge hoses for readymixed concrete Lining of excavator buckets to prevent caking (clay)
REMALINE 35/CN
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NR 0.96 g/cm 34 5 Shore A 78% 10 m Yellow* DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 0347 REMALINE 35/CN 549 0402 REMALINE 35/CN 549 0464 REMALINE 35/CN 549 0488 REMALINE 35/CN 549 0505 REMALINE 35/CN 549 0529 REMALINE 35/CN 549 0536 REMALINE 35/CN 549 0440 REMALINE 35/CN 549 9220 REMALINE 35/CN
Dimensions
3 x 1 500 mm 6 x 2 000 mm 10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm 15 x 2 000 mm 20 x 2 000 mm 25 x 2 000 mm 8 x 2 000 mm 5 x 2 000 mm
3.66 kg/m 6.90 kg/m 11.00 kg/m 12.96 kg/m 16.20 kg/m 21.60 kg/m 26.50 kg/m 8.96 kg/m 5.46 kg/m
Weight
REMALINE 35/EP160/CN
Fabric reinforced Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NR 0.96 g/cm 34 5 Shore A 78% 10 m Yellow* DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 0653 REMALINE 35/EP160/CN 549 0677 REMALINE 35/EP160/CN 549 0691 REMALINE 35/EP160/CN
549 0615 REMALINE 35/EP160/CN
Dimensions
10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm 15 x 2 000 mm
6 x 2 000 mm
11.40 kg/m 13.44 kg/m 16.50 kg/m
7.08 kg/m
Weight
*Please note that this is a product based on natural rubber and therefore deviations in color may occur.
Wear protection
REMALINE MP 35
Properties: Integrated replacement indicator Yellow wear layer Red signal layer Very wear resistant, particularly for wet use Very elastic High self-cleaning effect Area of application: Sand and gravel industry Slurry handling Lining of drains, pipes, hydrocyclones, flotation cells, tanks, etc.
REMALINE MP 35/CN
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NR 0.96 g/cm 33 5 Shore A 78 % 10 m Yellow/Red* DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 1710 REMALINE MP 35/CN 549 1720 REMALINE MP 35/CN 549 1730 REMALINE MP 35/CN 549 1740 REMALINE MP 35/CN 549 1750 REMALINE MP 35/CN
Dimensions
6 x 2 000 mm
Weight
10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm 15 x 2 000 mm 20 x 2 000 mm
6.9 kg/m 11 kg/m 12.96 kg/m 16.20 kg/m 21.60 kg/m
Top layer 4 mm 6 mm 8 mm 11 mm 16 mm
Signal layer 2 mm 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm
10
Wear protection
REMALINE 40 ORANGE
Properties: Resists wear, especially wear from wet abrasion Highly elastic Good self-cleaning capability Area of application: Sand and gravel industry Slurry handling Lining of slurry chutes, pipes, flotation cells, tanks and launders
REMALINE 40 ORANGE/CN
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NR 1.04 g/cm 43 5 Shore A 80% 10 m Orange* DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 0804 REMALINE 40 ORANGE/CN 549 0811 REMALINE 40 ORANGE/CN 549 0828 REMALINE 40 ORANGE/CN 549 0835 REMALINE 40 ORANGE/CN
549 0859 REMALINE 40 ORANGE/CN
549 0873 REMALINE 40 ORANGE/CN
10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm 20 x 2 000 mm 25 x 2 000 mm
6 x 2 000 mm
3 x 1 500 mm
Dimensions
11.13 kg/m 13.23 kg/m 21.84 kg/m 27.04 kg/m
6.80 kg/m
3.59 kg/m
Weight
REMALINE MP 40
Properties: Integrated replacement indicator Orange wear protection layer Black signal layer Resists wear, especially in wet applications Highly elastic Good self-cleaning capability Area of application: Sand and gravel industry Slurry handling Lining of slurry chutes, pipes, flotation cells, tanks and launders Lining of excavator buckets to prevent caking (clay)
REMALINE MP 40/CN
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NR 1.04 g/cm 43 5 Shore A 80% 10 m (from 40 mm: 5 m) Orange/Black* DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 1490 REMALINE MP 40/CN
50 x 2 000 mm
25 x 2 000 mm
20 x 2 000 mm
12 x 2 000 mm
10 x 2 000 mm
6 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
54.08 kg/m
27.04 kg/m
21.84 kg/m
13.23 kg/m
11.13 kg/m
6.80 kg/m
Weight
40 mm
21 mm
16 mm
8 mm
6 mm
4 mm
Top layer
Signal layer 4 mm 2 mm
10 mm
4 mm
4 mm
4 mm
11

Properties: Wear-resistant High tensile strength High tear growth resistance Highly elastic
Area of application: Flexilo and hopper lining Lining for coal processing Lagging for non-driven pulleys Lining against caking, abrasion and impact
REMALINE 40/CN
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NR 1.05 g/cm 40 5 Shore A 59% 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 0914 REMALINE 40/CN 549 0976 REMALINE 40/CN 549 1030 REMALINE 40/CN 549 0990 REMALINE 40/CN
3 x 1 500 mm 6 x 2 000 mm 10 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
3.96 kg/m 11.50 kg/m 22.40 kg/m 28.00 kg/m 6.93 kg/m
Weight
549 1054 REMALINE 40/CN 549 1092 REMALINE 40/CN
20 x 2 000 mm 25 x 2 000 mm
15 x 2 000 mm
16.95 kg/m
Fabric reinforced Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NR 1.05 g/cm 48 5 Shore A 63% 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 1229 REMALINE 40/EP160/CN 549 1236 REMALINE 40/EP160/CN
10 x 2 000 mm 15 x 2 000 mm
6 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
11.60 kg/m 17.10 kg/m
6.93 kg/m
Weight
12
Wear protection
REMALINE 40 OIL/CN
Oil and grease resistant Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NBR 1.09 g/cm 44 5 Shore A 42% 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 1267 REMALINE 40 OIL/CN 549 1300 REMALINE 40 OIL/CN 549 1410 REMALINE 40 OIL/CN
Dimensions
3 x 1 500 mm 6 x 2 000 mm 10 x 2 000 mm
3.60 kg/m 12.00 kg/m 7.25 kg/m
Weight
REMALINE 40 S/CN
Flame resistant and antistatic May be used in ATEX installations. Required adhesive system for antistatic lining: Metal Primer PR 200 and Cement SC 4000 black/Hardener E 40 or Cement SC 2000 black/Hardener UT-R 20. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Electric resistance Inflammability CN bonding layer Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NR/BR 1.26 g/cm 47 5 Shore A 57% Antistatic* Flame resistant Conductive (black) 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 EN 20340 (DIN 22103)
549 1597 REMALINE 40 S/CN
549 1560 REMALINE 40 S/CN
Dimensions
10 x 2 000 mm
6 x 2 000 mm
13.00 kg/m
8.13 kg/m
Weight
REMALINE 40 HR/CN
Heat resistant Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Max. temperature Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NR 0.99 g/cm 40 Shore A 77% up to 100 C, brief periods up to 120 C 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 2070 REMALINE 40 HR/CN 549 2101 REMALINE 40 HR/CN
Dimensions
6 x 2 000 mm
10 x 2 000 mm
11.30 kg/m
6.62 kg/m
Weight
*Surface and volume resistivity < 1 x 10^6 Ohm, tested in accordance with DIN IEC 93 / VDE 0303 part 30.
13
Wear protection
REMALINE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN

Food quality Food quality in accordance with: Federal Institute for Risk Assessment, Plastics Recommendation XXI, Cat. 3 and 4 (Germany) FDA Regulation No. 21 Sec. 177.2600 Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NR 1.02 g/cm 38 5 Shore A 80% 10 m White* DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 2495 REMALINE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN 549 2470 REMALINE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN 549 9070 REMALINE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN
3 x 1 500 mm 6 x 2 000 mm 10 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
3.40 kg/m 11.40 kg/m 6.80 kg/m
Weight
14
Properties: Wear-resistant, especially to wet abrasion High tear growth resistance High cut resistance
Area of application: Applications in wet areas Lining of chutes, tanks and discharge hoppers for round grains Lagging for non-driven pulleys with low belt traction (prevents caking)
REMALINE 50/CN
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NR 1.10 g/cm 50 5 Shore A 74% 10 m Orange* DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 2527 REMALINE 50/CN 549 9080 REMALINE 50/CN 549 2565 REMALINE 50/CN 549 2644 REMALINE 50/CN 549 2620 REMALINE 50/CN
3 x 1 500 mm 5 x 2 000 mm 6 x 2 000 mm 10 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
3.96 kg/m 6.25 kg/m 11.70 kg/m 7.38 kg/m
Weight
20 x 2 000 mm
15 x 2 000 mm
12 x 2 000 mm
23.00 kg/m
17.40 kg/m
14.04 kg/m
15

Properties: Excellent wear resistance to dry abrasion and impact Good weather resistance
Area of application: Lining for vibration chutes, slides, material transfer points, truck bodies, impact curtains, bunkers, silos, chutes and filtering buckets
Lagging for non-driven pulleys with moderate to high belt traction
REMALINE 60/CN
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation BR/IR/SBR 1.13 g/cm 60 5 Shore A 44% 10 m (from 40 mm: 5 m) Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 2819 REMALINE 60/CN 549 3052 REMALINE 60/CN 549 2871 REMALINE 60/CN 549 2895 REMALINE 60/CN 549 2936 REMALINE 60/CN 549 2912 REMALINE 60/CN
3 x 1 500 mm 5 x 2 000 mm 6 x 2 000 mm 8 x 2 000 mm 10 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
Weight
549 3021 REMALINE 60/CN 549 3069 REMALINE 60/CN 549 3083 REMALINE 60/CN
30 x 2 000 mm 40 x 2 000 mm 50 x 2 000 mm
25 x 2 000 mm
20 x 2 000 mm
15 x 2 000 mm
12 x 2 000 mm
29.50 kg/m 35.40 kg/m 47.20 kg/m 59.00 kg/m
23.60 kg/m
17.85 kg/m
14.28 kg/m
Fabric reinforced Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation BR/IR/SBR 1.13 g/cm 60 5 Shore A 45% 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 3100 REMALINE 60/EP160/CN 549 3131 REMALINE 60/EP160/CN
6 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
10 x 2 000 mm
12.50 kg/m
7.62 kg/m
Weight
16
Wear protection
REMALINE MP 60
Properties: Integrated replacement indicator Black wear protection layer Orange signal layer Excellent wear resistance to dry abrasion and impact Good weather resistance Area of application: Lining for vibration chutes, slides, material transfer points, truck bodies, impact curtains, bunkers, silos, chutes and filtering buckets
REMALINE MP 60/CN
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation BR/IR/SBR 1.13 g/cm 60 5 Shore A 44% 10 m (from 40 mm: 5 m) Black/orange DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 1650 REMALINE MP 60/CN 549 1660 REMALINE MP 60/CN 549 1670 REMALINE MP 60/CN 549 1680 REMALINE MP 60/CN 549 1690 REMALINE MP 60/CN 549 1700 REMALINE MP 60/CN
Dimensions
6 x 2 000 mm
Weight
7.27 kg/m
Top layer 4 mm 6 mm 8 mm 16 mm 21 mm 40 mm
Signal layer 2 mm 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 10 mm 4 mm
17

Properties: Superior resistance to wear Excellent resistance to abrasion Extremely high tensile strength Good weather resistance
Area of application: Material transfer points, chutes, bunkers and slides Lining for truck bodies, impact curtains and vibrating conveyors
Lagging for non-driven pulleys with moderate to high belt traction Cold refurbishing of conveyor belts
REMALINE 70/CN
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NR/BR 1.10 g/cm 62 5 Shore A 53% 10 m (from 40 mm: 5 m) Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 3210 REMALINE 70/CN 549 9100 REMALINE 70/CN 549 9110 REMALINE 70/CN 549 3289 REMALINE 70/CN 549 3337 REMALINE 70/CN 549 3313 REMALINE 70/CN
Dimensions
Weight
549 3416 REMALINE 70/CN 549 3430 REMALINE 70/CN 549 3454 REMALINE 70/CN
30 x 2 000 mm 40 x 2 000 mm 50 x 2 000 mm
25 x 2 000 mm
20 x 2 000 mm
15 x 2 000 mm
12 x 2 000 mm
28.75 kg/m 34.50 kg/m 46.00 kg/m 57.50 kg/m
23.20 kg/m
17.40 kg/m
14.04 kg/m
Fabric reinforced Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NR/BR 1.10 g/cm 64 5 Shore A 51% 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
20 x 2 000 mm
15 x 2 000 mm
10 x 2 000 mm
6 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
17.85 kg/m 23.60 kg/m
12.10 kg/m
7.50 kg/m
Weight
18
Wear protection
REMALINE 70 OIL/CN
Oil and grease resistant Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NBR 1.16 g/cm 58 5 Shore A 40% 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
A
3.88 kg/m 12.60 kg/m 7.75 kg/m Weight
549 3739 REMALINE 70 OIL/CN 549 9120 REMALINE 70 OIL/CN 549 3571 REMALINE 70 OIL/CN
3 x 1 500 mm 6 x 2 000 mm 10 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
REMALINE 70 OIL/EP160/CN
Oil and grease resistant, fabric reinforced Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NBR 1.20 g/cm 65 5 Shore A 25% 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 9140 REMALINE 70 OIL/EP160/CN
549 9130 REMALINE 70 OIL/EP160/CN
10 x 2 000 mm
6 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
12.40 kg/m
7.80 kg/m
Weight
19
Wear protection
REMALINE 70 V/CN
Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil resistance German underground approval: LOBA No. 18.43.21-89-33 Polish underground approval: Dopuszczenie WUG Katowice No. B/1724/2007 May be used in ATEX installations. Required adhesive system for antistatic lining: Metal Primer PR 200 and Cement SC 4000 black/Hardener E 40 or Cement SC 2000 black/Hardener UT-R 20. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Electric resistance Inflammability CN bonding layer Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation CR 1.39 g/cm 60 5 Shore A 26% Antistatic* Self-extinguishing** Conductive (black) 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 3203 REMALINE 70 V/CN 549 3863 REMALINE 70 V/CN 549 3959 REMALINE 70 V/CN 549 3935 REMALINE 70 V/CN
3 x 1 500 mm 6 x 2 000 mm 10 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
4.41 kg/m 14.80 kg/m 8.82 kg/m
Weight
549 3997 REMALINE 70 V/CN
549 3973 REMALINE 70 V/CN
20 x 2 000 mm
15 x 2 000 mm
12 x 2 000 mm
29.60 kg/m
22.20 kg/m
17.76 kg/m
REMALINE 70 HR/CN
Heat resistant Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Max. temperature Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation IR/BR 1.11 g/cm 59 5 Shore A 53% up to 110 C, short peaks up to 130 C 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 3715 REMALINE 70 HR/CN 549 3753 REMALINE 70 HR/CN
6 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
10 x 2 000 mm
12.00 kg/m
7.26 kg/m
Weight
20
*Surface and volume resistivity < 1 x 10^6 Ohm, tested in accordance with DIN IEC 93 / VDE 0303 part 30. **Fulfills DIN 22100-7 safety requirements (fire safety, hygiene, electrical).
Wear protection
REMALINE 70 WHITE OIL FOOD/CN

Food quality, oil and grease resistant Food quality in accordance with: Federal Institute for Risk Assessment, Plastics Recommendation XXI, Cat. 4 (Germany) FDA Regulation No. 21 Sec. 177.2600 Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NBR 1.22 g/cm 56 5 Shore A 35% 10 m White DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 9090 REMALINE 70 WHITE OIL FOOD/CN
3 x 1 500 mm 6 x 2 000 mm 10 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
4.08 kg/m 8.16 kg/m 13.20 kg/m
Weight
21

Properties: Hard, smooth surface Smoothness increases during operation Good weather resistance Workable after warming up
Area of application: Lining of sliding surfaces Lining for electro-magnetic vibratory feeders Improves flow of material in chutes with fine, grainy materials Discharge chutes for waste slag
REMALINE 90/CN
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation BR/NR 1.13 g/cm 88 5 Shore A 33% 10 m (from 10 mm delivered in 1x2 m sheets) Black Dimensions DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
15 x 1 000 x 2 000 mm
10 x 1 000 x 2 000 mm
6 x 2 000 x 10 000 mm
3 x 1 500 x 10 000 mm
18.75 kg/m
12.50 kg/m
7.68 kg/m
3.90 kg/m
Weight
22
Wear protection REMASTAR
REMASTAR High wear resistance rubber lining material
Properties: Combination of thermoplastic polyurethane and rubber CN bonding layer provides fast and lasting adhesion Excellent abrasion resistance
High resistance to wear caused by cutting and grooving Resistant to oils, grease and many solvents Remains flexible even at low temperatures
Area of application: Lining of vibration chutes, slides, silos, bunkers Wear protection of magnetic belts
REMASTAR
Base: Rubber with CN bonding layer, 1 mm Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Roll length Color 549 4480 REMASTAR/CN Ref. No. Designation TPU 1.2 g/cm 85 Shore A 10 m Black 3 x 1 000 mm Dimensions 3.8 kg/m Weight
549 4481 REMASTAR/CN
6 x 1 000 mm
7.4 kg/m
23
Wear protection UNILINE 40

Properties: Wear-resistant Good elasticity Green contact layer (KS)
UNILINE Rubber lining material for simple applications
Area of application: Lining for simple applications and wet wear
UNILINE 40/KS
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color 550 3503 UNILINE 40/KS Ref. No. Designation NR/SBR 1.21 g/cm 45 5 Shore A 57% 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
550 3453 UNILINE 40/KS 550 3540 UNILINE 40/KS 550 3479 UNILINE 40/KS 550 3486 UNILINE 40/KS 550 3493 UNILINE 40/KS
550 3446 UNILINE 40/KS
8 x 2 000 mm
6 x 2 000 mm
5 x 2 000 mm
4 x 2 000 mm
3 x 1 500 mm
Dimensions
4.96 kg/m 7.25 kg/m 6.5 kg/m
3.75 kg/m
Weight
9.49 kg/m
24
Wear protection UNILINE 60

Properties: Wear-resistant Good tear growth resistance Green contact layer (KS)
UNILINE Rubber lining material for simple applications
Area of application: Lining for simple applications and dry wear
UNILINE 60/KS
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color 550 3351 UNILINE 60/KS Ref. No. Designation NR/BR/SBR 1.22 g/cm 61 5 Shore A 38% 10 m (from 40mm: 5m) Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
550 3296 UNILINE 60/KS 550 3306 UNILINE 60/KS 550 3313 UNILINE 60/KS 550 3320 UNILINE 60/KS 550 3337 UNILINE 60/KS 550 3344 UNILINE 60/KS 550 3920 UNILINE 60/KS 550 3270 UNILINE 60/KS 550 3260 UNILINE 60/KS
8 x 2 000 mm
6 x 2 000 mm
5 x 2 000 mm
3 x 1 500 mm
Dimensions
10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm 15 x 2 000 mm 20 x 2 000 mm 25 x 2 000 mm 30 x 2 000 mm 40 x 2 000 mm 50 x 2 000 mm
10.33 kg/m 12.92 kg/m 15.37 kg/m 19.22 kg/m 25.62 kg/m 32.03 kg/m 38.43 kg/m 50.82 kg/m 63.53 kg/m
7.81 kg/m
6.51 kg/m
3.97 kg/m
Weight
25
Wear protection
REMATHAN Polyurethane lining material
REMATHAN G 65
Properties: High resistance to wear Oil and grease resistant Resists hydrolysis Resists microbes High impact elasticity High notch value Temperature range from -30 C to +80 C Area of application: Oil-, grease- and wear-resistant lining Prevents caking and noise Slides and chutes Slip ground containers
REMATHAN G 65/CN
CN bonding layer provides fast and good adhesion. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation AU 1.22 g/cm 65 5 Shore A 40% 10 m** Green DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
573 2287 REMATHAN G 65/CN 573 4292 REMATHAN G 65/CN 573 2294 REMATHAN G 65/CN
573 2270 REMATHAN G 65/CN
10 x 1 400 mm 12 x 1 400 mm 15 x 1 400 mm
8 x 1 400 mm
6 x 1 400 mm
Dimensions
REMATHAN G 65
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation AU 1.22 g/cm 65 5 Shore A 40% 10 m* Green DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
573 0003 REMATHAN G 65 573 2108 REMATHAN G 65 573 2115 REMATHAN G 65
573 2098 REMATHAN G 65
12 x 1 400 mm 10 x 1 400 mm 15 x 1 400 mm
8 x 1 400 mm
6 x 1 400 mm
Dimensions
26
Wear protection
REMATHAN G 75
Properties: Excellent resistance to wear Oil and grease resistant Resists hydrolysis Resists microbes High impact elasticity High notch value Temperature range from -30 C to +80 C Area of application: Oil-, grease- and wear-resistant lining Prevents caking and noise Slides and chutes
REMATHAN G 75/CN
CN bonding layer provides fast and good adhesion. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation AU 1.22 g/cm 75 5 Shore A 35% 10 m* Green DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
10 x 1 400 mm 12 x 1 400 mm 15 x 1 400 mm
8 x 1 400 mm
6 x 1 400 mm
Dimensions
REMATHAN G 75
10 x 1 400 mm 12 x 1 400 mm 15 x 1 400 mm
8 x 1 400 mm
6 x 1 400 mm
Dimensions
*Other dimensions (roll length and thickness) of all articles on request.
27
Wear protection
REMATHAN G 90
Properties: High resistance to wear Oil and grease resistant Resists hydrolysis Resists microbes High impact elasticity High notch value Temperature range from -30 C to +80 C Area of application: Oil-, grease- and wear-resistant lining Prevents caking and noise Slides and chutes Concrete discharge chutes
REMATHAN G 90/CN
CN bonding layer provides fast and good adhesion. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation AU 1.23 g/cm 90 5 Shore A 31% 10 m* Green DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
10 x 1 400 mm 12 x 1 400 mm 15 x 1 400 mm
8 x 1 400 mm
6 x 1 400 mm
Dimensions
REMATHAN G 90
10 x 1 400 mm 12 x 1 400 mm 15 x 1 400 mm
8 x 1 400 mm
6 x 1 400 mm
Dimensions
*Other dimensions (roll length and thickness) of all articles on request.
28
Wear protection REMAFLON
REMAFLON Non-stick liners
Properties: Combination of polytetrafluorethylene (PTFE = Teflon) and rubber CN bonding layer provides fast and good adhesion Excellent anti-caking properties thanks to the Teflon surface (PTFE = extremely low adhesion and friction coefficients) Teflon surfaces approved for contact with food
Area of application: Used for toughest caking and material flow problems requiring the use of Teflon surfaces, such as for REA plaster or for the molasses segment (wet) of the sugar industry Flow improvement of very fine and powdery, non-abrasive materials Lining to prevent bridging and obstructions
REMAFLON
Surface: White, PTFE virginal, 1 mm Base: Rubber (black) with CN bonding layer, 2 mm Ref. No. 550 7004 REMAFLON Designation Dimensions 3 x 1 200 mm Length 4m 2m
550 7008 REMAFLON
550 7007 REMAFLON
550 7006 REMAFLON
550 7005 REMAFLON
3 x 1 200 mm
3 x 1 200 mm
3 x 1 200 mm
3 x 1 200 mm
10 m
8m
6m
REMALEN
Properties: Combination of polyethylene (PE) and rubber CN bonding layer provides fast and secure adhesion High-slip surface due to low adhesion and friction coefficients REMALEN minimizes caking and increases output PE surface is food quality Area of application: Prevents flow problems with very fine and powdery, non-abrasive materials Used in the storage and transport area for bulk and unit load materials
REMALEN
Surface: Transparent, UHMW-PE, 1 mm Base: Rubber (black) with CN bonding layer, 2 mm Ref. No. 550 9882 REMALEN Designation Dimensions 3 x 1 450 mm Length 6m 4m
550 9885 REMALEN
550 9884 REMALEN
550 9883 REMALEN
3 x 1 450 mm
3 x 1 450 mm
3 x 1 450 mm
10 m
8m
29
Wear protection
REMASLIDE Plate Non-stick liners
REMASLIDE Plate
Properties: Combination of polyethylene (PE) and rubber CN bonding layer provides fast and secure adhesion Excellent anti-adhesion properties Area of application: Improves the flow of fine and powdery (non-sharp-edged) materials such as for stockpiling of bulk materials in bunkers, silos and other containers as well as their transport through chutes and hoppers
REMASLIDE Plate
Surface: Green, UHMW-PE, 5 mm or 10 mm Base: Rubber (black) with CN bonding layer, 3 mm Ref. No. 550 7065 REMSLIDE Plate 550 6963 REMSLIDE Plate Designation 8 x 1 000 x 1 900 mm Dimensions
13 x 1 000 x 1 900 mm
30
Wear protection REMALOX
REMALOX Ceramic lining material
Properties: Highly wear-resistant AI203 ceramic tiles on special rubber with CN bonding layer Highest abrasion resistance Easy application by bonding to substrate Square, rectangular and hexagonal ceramic tiles
Area of application: Lining against extreme wear through abrasion at high speeds Pipelines Vibratory feeders Cyclones Skips
REMALOX
539 9015 REMALOX 4/4 Ref. No. Designation 8 x 500 x 500 mm Dimensions 4 x 20 x 20 mm Dimensions of ceramic tiles Rubber thickness 4 mm 4 mm
539 9022 REMALOX 10/4
539 9053 REMALOX SW 12/8
539 9046 REMALOX SW 6/6
539 9039 REMALOX 25/15
14 x 500 x 500 mm 12 x 510 x 525 mm 40 x 500 x 600 mm
10 x 20 x 20 mm SW 32 x 6 mm
25 x 100 x 150 mm
15 mm
20 x 510 x 525 mm
SW 32 x 12 mm
6 mm 8 mm
REMALOX HD 35
Combination of ceramic cylinders and rubber for highest wear resistance. Structure: 2 0 mm ceramic cylinder (Al2O3) --> protects against abrasive wear 10 mm elastic rubber layer --> absorbs impact energies 5 mm steel sheet --> for simple mechanical attachment Typical areas of use: Transfer points Chutes Material deflectors Bunkers 539 8970 REMALOX HD 35 539 8980 REMALOX HD 35 Ref. No. Designation 500 x 250 x 35 mm 500 x 500 x 35 mm Dimensions Weight 13 kg 26 kg
31
Wear protection Components

Properties: Superior resistance to wear Simple attachment of complete components Easy replacement
Special rubber elements
Area of application: Protects bulk goods conveyor systems from impact wear Minimises caking Noise reduction
KG Bars
Materials: REMALINE 70 with vulcanised fastening profile.
KG-01
KG-02/KG-03/KG-06/KG-08
KG-04/KG-05/KG-07 Ref. No. Designation
KG-09/KG-10 Height 50 mm Dimensions (W x L)
WKG-01 Weight 13 kg TT Fastening Unit I I I
539 0014 KG Bars KG-01
539 0021 KG Bars KG-02
539 0038 KG Bars KG-03
42 mm
100 x 2 500 mm
539 0045 KG Bars KG-04
80 mm
100 x 2 500 mm
539 0052 KG Bars KG-05
100 mm 60 mm
100 x 2 500 mm
12 kg
539 0069 KG Bars KG-06
100 mm 150 mm 80 mm 50 mm 40 mm 36 mm
100 x 2 500 mm
22.5 kg 28 kg 42 kg
150 x 2 500 mm
II
539 0076 KG Bars KG-07
100 x 2 500 mm 70 x 2 500 mm 50 x 2 500 mm
539 0083 KG Bars KG-08 527 2008 KG Bars KG-10
150 x 2 500 mm 40 x 1 000 mm 100 x 2 500 mm
16 kg
II
62 kg
539 0090 KG Bars KG-09 539 0100 KG Bars WKG-01
16 kg
II
2.3 kg 8.5 kg
III
9 kg
III I
32
Wear protection
ZP Bars
Materials: REMALINE 70 with vulcanised fastening profile made of aluminium
Ref. No.
Designation
Height 100 mm 150 mm
539 0148 ZP Bars ZP-100 539 0155 ZP Bars ZP-150
Dimensions (W x L)
ZP-100/ZP-150 Weight 29 kg 60 kg
130 x 2 500 mm 190 x 2 500 mm
TT Fastening Unit II II
TT Fastening Units for KG and ZP Bars

Properties: Consists of forged TT - Fasteners with washer and self-locking nut Recommendation: 4 fastening units per meter
TT - Fastening Units I
Torque: 90 Nm Ref. No. 539 1006 TT - Fastening Units I Designation M 16 x 40 mm Dimensions
539 1037 TT - Fastening Units I 539 1044 TT - Fastening Units I
539 1020 TT - Fastening Units I
539 1013 TT - Fastening Units I
M 16 x 100 mm M 16 x 120 mm
M 16 x 80 mm
M 16 x 60 mm
TT - Fastening Units
TT - Fastening Units II
Torque: 150 Nm Ref. No. 539 1068 TT - Fastening Units II Designation M 20 x 60 mm Dimensions
539 1082 TT - Fastening Units II 539 1099 TT - Fastening Units II
539 1075 TT - Fastening Units II
M 20 x 100 mm M 20 x 120 mm
M 20 x 80 mm
TT - Fastening Units III

Torque: 15 Nm Ref. No. 539 1477 TT - Fastening Units III Designation M 10 x 60 mm Dimensions
33
Wear protection
Serrated profile plates

Properties: Easy replacement Compensation of problematic impact angles Excellent resistance to wear Area of application: Material transfer points with problematic impact angle Impact aprons and elastic impact curtains
Serrated profile plates ZP A

REMALINE 70 serrated anti-wear rubber on ST-37 steel backing. 539 4292 Serrated profile plates ZP 35 A 539 4319 Serrated profile plates ZP 55 A Ref. No. Designation 35 mm 55 mm Height 500 x 2 520 mm 500 x 2 486 mm ZP 15 A/ZP 35 A/ZP 55 A Dimensions (W x L) Weight 59 kg 72 kg
Serrated profile plates ZP B

REMALINE 70 serrated anti-wear rubber, fabric reinforced (EP 160).Easy bonding with the CN bonding layer. 539 4285 Serrated profile plates ZP 15 B Ref. No. Designation 15 mm Height ZP 15 B/ZP 35 B/ZP 55 B Weight 32 kg 17 kg
539 4326 Serrated profile plates ZP 55 B
539 4302 Serrated profile plates ZP 35 B
55 mm
35 mm
500 x 2 461 mm
500 x 2 495 mm
500 x 2 495 mm
Dimensions (W x L)
47 kg
Serrated profile plates ZPL

REMALINE 70 serrated anti-wear rubber. Minimum order amount: 3 pcs. Ref. No. Designation Height 40 mm Dimensions (W x L) 1 400 x 2 420 mm Weight 105 kg Number of fasteners 12 10
539 2861 T-Screw - ZPL Fastener M16 x 80
539 5349 Serrated profile plates ZPL 120
120 mm
100 mm
80 mm
60 mm
1 400 x 2 420 mm
1 400 x 2 420 mm
1 400 x 2 420 mm
1 400 x 2 420 mm
300 kg
242 kg
208 kg
162 kg
20
16
14
Serrated profile plates ZPLP

REMALINE 70 serrated anti-wear rubber. Ideally suited for manufacture of impact aprons. Application by bonding (grinding is required). 539 5208 Serrated profile plates ZPLP-A Ref. No. Designation 120 mm Height 492 x 1 760 mm Dimensions (W x L) Weight 114 kg 79 kg
539 5215 Serrated profile plates ZPLP-B
120 mm
492 x 2 520 mm
34
Wear protection UVZ Plates
Properties: Highly wear resistant REMALINE 70 rubber with 5 mm ST-37 steel backing High service life Easy replacement Compensation for problematic impact angles Noise reducing
Area of application: Material transfer points with problematic angle of impact Wear protection against large-size bulk material
UVZ Plates
REMALINE 70 anti-wear rubber on 5 mm ST-37 steel backing. Ref. No. 539 7282 UVZ Plates Designation 80 mm Height 450 x 1 000 mm Dimensions (W x L) Weight 46 kg 41 kg UVZ Plates
539 9228 UVZ Plates
539 7684 UVZ Plates
539 7646 UVZ Plates
539 7608 UVZ Plates
539 7567 UVZ Plates
539 7529 UVZ Plates
539 7488 UVZ Plates
539 7440 UVZ Plates
539 7402 UVZ Plates
539 7361 UVZ Plates
539 7323 UVZ Plates
130 mm
130 mm
130 mm
130 mm
105 mm
105 mm
105 mm
105 mm
80 mm
80 mm
80 mm
750 x 1 000 mm
600 x 1 000 mm
500 x 1 000 mm
450 x 1 000 mm
750 x 1 000 mm
600 x 1 000 mm
500 x 1 000 mm
450 x 1 000 mm
750 x 1 000 mm
600 x 1 000 mm
500 x 1 000 mm
102 kg
81 kg
68 kg
61 kg
80 kg
63 kg
54 kg
48 kg
68 kg
54 kg
35
Wear protection
HDL (Heavy Duty Lining)

Properties: Highly wear resistant REMALINE 70 rubber with 5 mm ST-37 steel backing Long service life Simple attachment of complete components Easy replacement Reduces operating costs Noise reducing Also available without holes Area of application: Wear protection against rough bulk materials Wear protection against large-size bulk material Lining for the highest demands Lining for truck bodies
HDL Plates
Minimum order quantity of HDL plates: 4 pieces or a multiple (8, 12, 16, etc.) with widths of 450 and 500 3 pieces or a multiple (6, 9, 12, etc.) with widths of 600 and 750 HDL Plate Ref. No. Designation Total thickness Dimensions (W x L) 80 mm 60 mm 450 x 1 500 mm 450 x 1 500 mm 450 x 1 500 mm 450 x 1 500 mm 500 x 1 500 mm 500 x 1 500 mm 500 x 1 500 mm 500 x 1 500 mm 600 x 1 500 mm 600 x 1 500 mm 600 x 1 500 mm 600 x 1 500 mm 750 x 1 500 mm 750 x 1 500 mm 750 x 1 500 mm 750 x 1 500 mm 750 x 1 500 mm 600 x 1 500 mm 500 x 1 500 mm 450 x 1 500 mm Weight 67 kg 81 kg 96 kg 111 kg 133 kg 74 kg 91 kg Number of fasteners 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 8
539 5411 HDL Plate 539 5428 HDL Plate 539 5435 HDL Plate 539 5569 HDL Plate 539 5459 HDL Plate 539 5466 HDL Plate 539 5473 HDL Plate 539 5576 HDL Plate 539 5497 HDL Plate 539 5480 HDL Plate 539 5507 HDL Plate 539 5514 HDL Plate 539 5583 HDL Plate 539 5538 HDL Plate 539 5545 HDL Plate 539 5521 HDL Plate
539 5404 HDL Plate
100 mm
120 mm 150 mm 80 mm
539 5442 HDL Plate
60 mm
100 mm 120 mm 60 mm 150 mm 80 mm
107 kg 124 kg 148 kg 90 kg 110 kg 130 kg 157 kg 179 kg 113 kg 138 kg 162 kg 187 kg 224 kg
100 mm 120 mm 60 mm 150 mm 80 mm
539 5552 HDL Plate 539 5590 HDL Plate
120 mm 150 mm
100 mm
36
Wear protection
HDL Fastening Unit A

Ref. No. 539 2696 Hex. bolt M 20 x 80 mm Designation
539 2775 U - washer, DIN 7349, outer 44 mm 539 2816 Hex. nut, DIN 985, self-locking, M 20 539 4412 Rubber cord 55 x 1 000 mm
539 2768 U - washer, DIN 125-St., inside 21 mm HDL Fastening Unit A
HDL Fastening Unit B

Ref. No. 539 2720 Stud bolt M20 x 35 mm Designation
539 2775 U - washer, DIN 7349, outer 44 mm 539 2816 Hex. nut, DIN 985, self-locking, M 20 539 4412 Rubber cord 55 x 1 000 mm HDL Fastening Unit B
HDL drill
For additional boreholes in rubber such as HDL plates or REMASTEEL. Ref. No. 539 4405 HDL drill 50 mm Shaft for drill chuck (rigid shaft 10 mm). Designation
539 4405
37
Wear protection
REMASTEEL, rubber plates with metal backing

Properties: High resistance to wear with REMALINE 60 or REMALINE 70 material Simple attachment of complete components Easy replacement Area of application: Lining for high demands Lining for chutes, material transfer points and truck bodies
REMASTEEL 60
REMALINE 60 anti-wear rubber on 3 mm or 5 mm ST-37 steel backing. Ref. No. Designation Total thickness Dimensions (W x L) Sheet metal thickness Weight 69 kg
539 6692 REMASTEEL 60
100 mm
80 mm
60 mm
50 mm
40 mm
30 mm
25 mm
20 mm
15 mm
10 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
5 mm
5 mm
5 mm
3 mm
3 mm
3 mm
3 mm
3 mm
3 mm
3 mm
303 kg
258 kg
213 kg
159 kg
136 kg
114 kg
103 kg
90 kg
80 kg
REMASTEEL 70
REMALINE 70 anti-wear rubber on 3 mm or 5 mm ST-37 steel backing Ref. No. Designation Total thickness Dimensions (W x L) Sheet metal thickness 3 mm 3 mm Weight 69 kg
100 mm
80 mm
60 mm
50 mm
40 mm
30 mm
25 mm
20 mm
15 mm
10 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
1 000 x 2 000 mm
5 mm
5 mm
5 mm
3 mm
3 mm
3 mm
3 mm
3 mm
303 kg
258 kg
213 kg
159 kg
136 kg
114 kg
103 kg
90 kg
80 kg
38
Our service is your success!
ONE BRAND - ONE SOURCE - ONE SYSTEM
39
Wear protection
REMAMILL Mill lining
REMAMILL
REMAMILL mill lining lowers operating costs and increases productivity. The individual design of the lining, adapted to each customers needs, improves mill efficiency and output many times over and thereby significantly cuts energy costs. Highly wear-resistant elastomer materials lengthen service-life and reduce noise considerably.
Properties: Highly abrasion resistant REMAMILL 70 rubber (up to 70 C) Heat resistant REMAMILL 70 HR rubber (up to 90 C)
Area of application: Autogenous (AG) mills Semi-autogenous (SAG) mills Ball mills Pebble mills Rod tube mills
Ceramic mills (salt mills, continuous mills) Washing and slurry drums Bark peeling drums
Lifter bars
Transport of grinding media and the material to be milled Beveled for optimal cataract effect Fastening of shell plates Fastening profile made for the specific purpose of aluminium or steel
Shell plates
Wear protection for the mill shell Fastening lips made of steel or rubber Fixed by lifters
Head plates
Lining of the head or shell Fastening lips made of steel or rubber Fixed by lifters
40
Wear protection
REMAMILL Mill lining
Grate plate
Sifting of crushed material Fastening lips made of steel or rubber Fixed by lifters, self-centring chuck, pulp lifters and connecting profile
A
End profiles and filling segments
Transition between the shell and head lining Multiple parts for easier installation
Discharger
Transport of milled material Steel construction with high-quality vulcanised rubber wear protection
Center cone
Central material discharge element Steel constructionl with high-quality vulcanised rubber wear protection
Manhole cover
Manhole cover with adapted lifter and shell plates Form made of steel with high-quality vulcanised rubber wear protection Adjusted lifters and shell plates screwed on manhole lid
TT Fastening System
TT Fastening System: Consists of forged TT bolts with washer, elastomer seal and self-locking nut Clamp Block Fastening System: Consists of clamp block with washer, elastomer seal and self-locking nut Clamp Block Fastening System
TT Fastening System
Information on the various sizes and profile versions of all items is available on request. A detailed questionnaire is included in the enclosures.
41
Wear protection
REMADUST Dust sealing systems
REMADUST dust sealing blankets

Properties: Highly elastic High tear growth resistance Good resistance to weather Area of application: Minimises problems with dust in screening machines, conveyor systems and other bulk materials transport installations
REMADUST 25
REMALINE 25 material With textile grid pattern on both sides. Hardness: 33 Shore A Ref. No. 549 4439 REMADUST 25 Designation black Colour 33 5 Shore A Hardness Dimensions 2 x 1 350 x 20 000 mm
TT Rubber Grip Strips

TT Rubber Grip Strips
Fastener on 10 mm round steel. External = 31 mm for clamping profiles: radius to center of groove is 55 mm.
Clamping profile
90 clamping profile, internal groove
90 clamping profile, external groove
90 clamping profile, groove on bottom side Bend angle 90
Clamping profile system Content
549 4446 TT Clamping Profile
Ref. No.
Designation
Dimensions 205 x 205 mm
549 4477 TT 90 Corner Clamping Profile, Groove on underside
549 4460 TT 90 Corner Clamping Profile, External groove
549 4453 TT 90 Corner Clamping Profile, Internal groove
35 m roll
205 x 205 mm
205 x 205 mm
90
90
42
Wear protection
REMADUST Dust sealing systems
REMADUST CCS (Conveyor Cover System)

Properties: Mounting frame: Zinc-plated metal bows for frame Simple and fast attachment on conveyor frame Cover: UV-stable and resistant to weather influences Standard material PP suitable for use from -20 C to + 60C Zinc-plated metal bows for frame Easy access to belt from both sides; cover can be fixed in open position Fast attachment and opening due to bolt/latch quick fastener (can be carried out by one person without problems) Cover and frame (bolted variant) can be quickly removed for inspection and maintenance work System can be retrofitted to existing belt conveyors Emission protection requirements can be fulfilled quickly and cost-effectively Standard dimensions per element: 1 200 mm No sheet metal noises, no change due to rust Area of application: Prevents problems due to dust in conveyor systems and other bulk materials transport systems Protects conveyor belt system and bulk materials being transported against weather influences
REMADUST CCS Overview

The REMA TIP TOP cover system offers a fast and effective solution for the enclosure of conveyor belts of any size. Due to the simple construction, the system can just as easily fitted to existing conveyors as to new ones. The frame arches are simply bolted or welded to the conveyor frame and the plastic bonnet placed over these, entirely covering the belt. In this way, material losses due to wind are effectively avoided and the belt is protected against the effects of weather.
Various sizes or special versions of this item are available on request. A detailed inquiry form is attached.
43
Wear protection
A B C D E F G H
45-102
REMAGRIP High-quality pulley lagging UNIGRIP Drum coating material for simple applications REMASLEEVE Belt idler sleeves REMASKIRT Skirting rubber UNISKIRT Skirting rubber seal REMASLIDE Low-friction impact bars REMACLEAN Scraper Rubber REMACLEAN Belt Scraper REMACLEAN Tension Unit REMACLEAN F-Series - for use on pulley REMACLEAN U-Series - for use on belt REMACLEAN Belt Cleaning Brushes REMACLEAN Belt Return Side Scraper 46-59
Conveying Bonding systems Conveyor maintenance Coating systems Rubber lining for corrosion protection Tools Appendix
60-61 62-65 66-68 69 70 71-75 76-78 79-80 81-85 86-96 97-100 101-102
45
Conveying
REMAGRIP High-quality pulley lagging
REMAGRIP 50
Properties: Highly elastic, soft lagging for drive pulleys Reduces slippage between belt and pulley Improves and stabilizes coefficient of friction Evacuation of moisture and dirt Protects the pulley against wear and corrosion Prevents material build-up Positive influence on belt tracking Excellent self-cleaning properties Area of application: Grooved rubber lagging for drive pulleys For low to medium-loaded fabric belts For short belt conveyers Small pulley diameters (up to 800 mm)
REMAGRIP 50/CN
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Profile Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NR 1.08 g/cm 50 5 Shore A 73 % 18 x 6 x 3 mm (Profile 20) 10 m Orange* DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 REMAGRIP 50 Weight REMAGRIP 50 B = 35 mm L = 18 mm S = 6 mm t = 3 mm d = 8/10/12 mm
549 4605 REMAGRIP 50/CN 549 4667 REMAGRIP 50/CN
549 4548 REMAGRIP 50/CN
10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm
8 x 2 000 mm
8 x 1 500 mm
Dimensions
10,60 kg/m 12,72 kg/m
8,56 kg/m
8,56 kg/m
*Please note that this is a product based on natural rubber and therefore variations in color may occur.
46
Conveying
REMAGRIP 60
Properties: Reduces slippage between belt and pulley Improves and stabilizes coefficient of friction Evacuation of moisture and dirt Protects the pulley against wear and corrosion Prevents material build-up Positive influence on belt tracking Material is highly wear resistant Area of application: Grooved rubber lagging for drive pulleys For low to medium-loaded fabric belts Small pulley diameters (up to 800 mm)
REMAGRIP 60/CN
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Profile Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation BR/IR/SBR 1.12 g/cm 63 5 Shore A 47 % 18 x 6 x 3 mm (Profile 20) 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 REMAGRIP 60 Weight REMAGRIP 60 B = 35 mm L = 18 mm S = 6 mm t = 3 mm d = 8/10/12/15 mm
549 4708 REMAGRIP 60/CN 549 4715 REMAGRIP 60/CN 549 4739 REMAGRIP 60/CN 549 4746 REMAGRIP 60/CN 549 4777 REMAGRIP 60/CN 549 4791 REMAGRIP 60/CN 549 4801 REMAGRIP 60/CN 549 4819 REMAGRIP 60/CN 549 4877 REMAGRIP 60/CN 549 4904 REMAGRIP 60/CN 549 4753 REMAGRIP 60/CN
6 x 2 000 mm 8 x 1 200 mm 8 x 1 500 mm 8 x 1 600 mm 10 x 1 200 mm 10 x 1 500 mm 10 x 1 600 mm 10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm 15 x 2 000 mm 8 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
6,55 kg/m 8,96 kg/m 8,96 kg/m 8,96 kg/m 11,20 kg/m 11,20 kg/m 11,20 kg/m 11,20 kg/m 13,44 kg/m 17,10 kg/m 8,96 kg/m
47
Conveying
REMAGRIP 60 V/CN
Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil resitance German underground approval: LOBA No. 18.43.21-89-33 Polish underground approval: Dopuszczenie WUG Katowice No. B/1724/II/2010 May be used in ATEX installations. Required adhesive system for antistatic rubber coatings: Metal Primer PR 200 and Cement SC 4000 black/Hardener E 40 or Cement SC 2000 black/Hardener UT-R 20. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Electric resistance* Inflammability* CN bonding layer Profile Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation CR 1.40 g/cm 62 5 Shore A 27 % Antistatic* Self-extinguishing** Conductive, black 18 x 6 x 3 mm (Profile 20) 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 REMAGRIP 60 REMAGRIP 60 B = 35 mm L = 18 mm S = 6 mm t = 3 mm d = 8/10/12 mm
549 6782 REMAGRIP 60 V/CN 549 5075 REMAGRIP 60 V/CN
10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
13,20 kg/m 15,84 kg/m
Weight
REMAGRIP 60 OIL/CN
Oil and grease resistant Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Profile Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NBR 1.16 g/cm 61 5 Shore A 39 % 18 x 6 x 3 mm (Profile 20) 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 5116 REMAGRIP 60 OIL/CN 549 5138 REMAGRIP 60 OIL/CN 549 5154 REMAGRIP 60 OIL/CN
8 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm
11.20 kg/m 13.44 kg/m
8.96 kg/m
Weight
REMAGRIP 60
48
*Surface and volume resistivity < 1 x 106 Ohm, tested in accordance with DIN IEC 60093 / VDE 0303 part 30. **Fulfills DIN 22100-7 safety requirements (fire safety, hygiene, electrical).
Conveying
REMAGRIP 60 HR/CN
Heat resistant Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Profile Max. temperature Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation IR/BR 1.12 g/cm 62 5 Shore A 53 % 18 x 6 x 3 mm (Profile 20) up to 90 C, short peaks up to 110 C 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 REMAGRIP 60 HR/CN
549 5329 REMAGRIP 60 HR/CN 549 5358 REMAGRIP 60 HR/CN
549 5305 REMAGRIP 60 HR/CN
Dimensions
10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm
8 x 2 000 mm
10,80 kg/m 12,96 kg/m
8,64 kg/m
Weight
REMAGRIP 60 WHITE OIL FOOD/CN

Food quality, oil and grease resistant Food quality in accordance with: Federal Institute for Risk Assessment Plastics Recommendation XXI, Cat. 4 (Germany) FDA Regulation No. 21 Sec. 177.2600 Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Profile Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NBR 1.23 g/cm 56 5 Shore A 30 % 18 x 6 x 3 mm (Profile 20) 10 m White DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
REMAGRIP 60
549 5484 REMAGRIP 60 WHITE OIL FOOD/CN
8 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
8.72 kg/m
Weight
10 x 2 000 mm 11.20 kg/m 12 x 2 000 mm 13.45 kg/m
49
Conveying
REMAGRIP 65
Properties: Reduces slippage between belt and pulley Improves and stabilizes coefficient of friction Evacuation of moisture and dirt Protects the pulley against wear and corrosion Prevents material build-up Positive influence on belt tracking Material is highly wear resistant Area of application: For medium-strength fabric and steelcord belts Grooved rubber lagging for drive pulleys
REMAGRIP 65/CN
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Profile Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation BR/IR/SBR 1.12 g/cm 63 5 Shore A 47 % 50 x 6 x 3 mm (Profile 50) 10 m Black Dimensions DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 REMAGRIP 65 9.60 kg/m Weight REMAGRIP 65 B =86 mm L =50 mm S = 6 mm t = 3 mm d = 8/10/12 mm
549 5594 REMAGRIP 65/CN 549 5604 REMAGRIP 65/CN
10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 1 200 mm
10 x 1 600 mm
10 x 1 500 mm
10 x 1 200 mm
8 x 2 000 mm
11.80 kg/m 11.80 kg/m 14.40 kg/m
11.80 kg/m
11.80 kg/m
12 x 2 000 mm
12 x 1 600 mm
12 x 1 500 mm
14.40 kg/m 14,40 kg/m
14.40 kg/m
50
Conveying
REMAGRIP 65 V/CN
Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil to resistance German underground approval: LOBA No. 18.43.21-89-33 Polish underground approval: Dopuszczenie WUG Katowice No. B/1724/II/2010 May be used in ATEX installations. Required adhesive system for antistatic rubber coatings: Metal Primer PR 200 and Cement SC 4000 black/Hardener E 40 or Cement SC 2000 black/Hardener UT-R 20. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Electric resistance* Inflammability* CN bonding layer Profile Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation CR 1.40 g/cm 62 5 Shore A 27 % Antistatic* Self-extinguishing** Conductive, black 50 x 6 x 3 mm (Profile 50) 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
REMAGRIP 65 V/CN
549 5707 REMAGRIP 65 V/CN 550 3075 REMAGRIP 65 V/CN 549 5743 REMAGRIP 65 V/CN 550 3123 REMAGRIP 65 V/CN
8 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 1 200 mm 12 x 2 000 mm
11,36 kg/m 14,20 kg/m 17,04 kg/m 17,04 kg/m
Weight
51
Conveying
REMALINE 65
Properties: Smooth lagging for individual grooving Reduces slippage between belt and pulley Improves the coefficient of friction Protects the pulley against wear and corrosion Pulley lagging for preventing material build-up, with positive influence on belt tracking Production of custom groove designs is possible (such as arrowhead design) Area of application: For re-grooving with Rubber Cut For medium-strength fabric and steelcord belts
REMALINE 65/CN
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation BR/IR/SBR 1.12 g/cm 63 5 Shore A 47 % 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 0062 REMALINE 65/CN 549 0079 REMALINE 65/CN 549 0093 REMALINE 65/CN 549 0103 REMALINE 65/CN 549 0110 REMALINE 65/CN 549 0127 REMALINE 65/CN 549 0141 REMALINE 65/CN 549 0134 REMALINE 65/CN 549 0086 REMALINE 65/CN
8 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
10 x 1 500 mm 12 x 1 500 mm 12 x 2 000 mm 15 x 1 500 mm 15 x 2 000 mm 20 x 2 000 mm
10,00 kg/m 12,40 kg/m 14,76 kg/m 14,76 kg/m 18,30 kg/m 24,40 kg/m 24,40 kg/m 18,30 kg/m 12,40 kg/m
Weight
10 x 2 000 mm
20 x 1 500 mm
52
Conveying
REMAGRIP 70
Properties: Reduces slippage between belt and pulley Improves and stabilizes coefficient of friction Evacuation of moisture and dirt Protects the pulley from wear and corrosion Prevents material build-up Positive influence on belt tracking Deep grooving to handle large amounts of dirt and provide long operating life Area of application: Grooved rubber lagging for drive pulleys Long belt conveyors Large pulley diameters (>800 mm) For high-tension fabric and steelcord belts of all strengths
REMAGRIP 70/CN
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Profile Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation BR/IR/SBR 1.12 g/cm 63 5 Shore A 47 % 8 x 6 or 10 x 8 (Profile 50) 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 REMAGRIP 70 11,00 kg/m 13,20 kg/m 16,50 kg/m 15,90 kg/m Weight REMAGRIP 70 8 x 6: B = 86 mm L = 50 mm S =8 mm t =6 mm d = 10/12/15 mm 10x 8: B = 86 mm L = 50 mm S =10 mm t =8 mm d = 15/20 mm
549 5798 REMAGRIP 70/CN 549 5805 REMAGRIP 70/CN 549 5817 REMAGRIP 70/CN 549 5824 REMAGRIP 70/CN
10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm 15 x 2 000 mm 15 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
20 x 2 000 mm
21,20 kg/m
53
Conveying
REMAGRIP 70 V/CN
Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil to resistance German underground approval: LOBA No. 18.43.21-89-33 Polish underground approval: Dopuszczenie WUG Katowice No. B/1724/II/2010 May be used in ATEX installations. Required adhesive system for antistatic rubber coatings: Metal Primer PR 200 and Cement SC 4000 black/Hardener E 40 or Cement SC 2000 black/Hardener UT-R 20. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Electric resistance* Inflammability* CN bonding layer Profile Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation CR 1.40 g/cm 62 5 Shore A 27 % Antistatic* Self-extinguishing** Conductive, black 8 x 6 or 10 x 8 (Profile 50) 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
REMAGRIP 70 V/CN
549 5848 REMAGRIP V/CN 549 5853 REMAGRIP V/CN 549 5886 REMAGRIP V/CN
10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm 20 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
12,00 kg/m 16,20 kg/m 26,40 kg/m
Weight
REMAGRIP 70 HR/CN
Heat resistant Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Profile Max. temperature Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation IR/BR 1.12 g/cm 62 5 Shore A 53 % 8 x 6 or 10 x 8 (Profile 50) up to 90 C, short peaks up to 110 C 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 REMAGRIP 70 HR/CN
12 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
15 x 2 000 mm
16,50 kg/m
13,20 kg/m
Weight
54
Conveying
REMAGRIP 70/CN SL strip lagging

Can be cut to size for strip lagging of the pulley (also on the equipment) Easy to cut to size with rubber cutting device Type 32 and attachment Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Profile Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation BR/IR/SBR 1.13 g/cm 60 5 Shore A 45 % 8 x 6 mm (Profile 50) 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 5941 REMAGRIP 70/CN - SL strip lagging 549 5893 REMAGRIP 70/CN - SL strip lagging 549 6005 REMAGRIP 70/CN - SL strip lagging 549 5996 REMAGRIP 70/CN - SL strip lagging
10 x 2 060 mm 12 x 2 060 mm 15 x 2 060 mm 18 x 2 060 mm
Dimensions
REMAGRIP 100
Properties: Excellent self-cleaning properties Good belt tracking even in extremely wet conditions and where theres increased risk of slippage Superior wear resistance Area of application: Drive pulleys for light fabric conveyor belts Extremely difficult operating conditions (such as extremely wet conditions, clay or other smeary materials)
REMAGRIP 100/CN
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Color Ref. No. Designation BR/IR 1.10 g/cm 64 5 Shore A 51 % Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 Dimensions 12 x 1 470 x 2 560 mm 18 x 300 x 2 400 mm Knob height 539 4340
539 4340 REMAGRIP 100/CN, Round knob shape
6 mm 7 mm
539 4333 REMAGRIP 100 HD/CN, Oval knob shape
539 4333
55
Conveying
REMAGRIP 200
Properties: Horizontal grooves ensure excellent evacuation of dirt and easy cleaning Area of application: Special rubber lagging for the food and animal feed industries Pulley lagging for rubber and PVC/ PVG conveyor belts
REMAGRIP 200 WHITE OIL FOOD/CN

Food quality, oil and grease resistant Food quality in accordance with: Federal Institute for Risk Assessment Plastics Recommendation XXI, Cat. 4 (Germany) FDA Regulation No. 21 Sec. 177.2600 Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Color Ref. No. Designation NBR 1.23 g/cm 56 5 Shore A 30 % White DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 Dimensions
539 4371 B = 16 mm S = 8 mm t = 4 mm d = 8 mm
539 4371 REMAGRIP 200 OIL FOOD/CN
8 x 1 400 x 2 500 mm
56
Conveying
REMAGRIP CK-X
Properties: Vulcanised Al2O3 ceramic tiles Single-row ceramic, with knobs Highly resistant to wear Elastic base made of REMALINE 70/ CN or REMALINE 70 V/CN protects the belt Simple and durable affixing with REMA TIP TOP bonding systems Area of application: Pulley lagging for pulleys operating under extreme conditions For wet, clay-containing, muddy and abrasive materials Also for belts under very high tension Especially suitable for drive pulleys subjected to extreme wear (CK-X)
REMAGRIP CK-X
Al2O3 ceramic with knobbed surface. V-qualitites can be used in ATEX plants.
REMAGRIP CK-X Ref. No. 539 7172 REMAGRIP CK-X 40 Designation Width of ceramic area 840 mm 920 mm 1 250 x 500 x 15 mm Dimensions For belt width 800 mm 900 mm
539 6990 REMAGRIP CK-X 40 FS 539 6980 REMAGRIP CK-X 45 539 7165 REMAGRIP CK-X 50 539 7230 REMAGRIP CK-X 60 539 7158 REMAGRIP CK-X 70 539 6950 REMAGRIP CK-X 75 539 7141 REMAGRIP CK-X 90 539 7100 REMAGRIP CK-X 70 FS 539 7270 REMAGRIP CK-X 90 FS 539 6930 REMAGRIP CK-X 110 539 7250 REMAGRIP CK-X 50 V 539 7260 REMAGRIP CK-X 70 V 539 7220 REMAGRIP CK-X 90 V
1 100 mm 1 200 mm 1 450 mm 1 610 mm 1 720 mm 1 880 mm 2 060 mm 2 060 mm 2 420 mm 2 420 mm 1 200 mm 1 720 mm 2 060 mm
1 250 x 500 x 15 mm
1 500 x 500 x 15 mm 1 600 x 500 x 15 mm 1 600 x 500 x 15 mm 1 900 x 500 x 15 mm 2 100 x 500 x 15 mm 2 300 x 500 x 15 mm 2 500 x 500 x 15 mm 2 100 x 500 x 15 mm 2 500 x 500 x 15 mm 2 880 x 500 x 15 mm 1 600 x 500 x 15 mm 2 100 x 500 x 15 mm 2 500 x 500 x 15 mm
1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 1 500 mm 1 600 mm 1 800 mm 2 000 mm 2 000 mm 2 400 mm 2 400 mm 1 200 mm 1 600 mm 2 000 mm
539 6960 REMAGRIP CK-X 50 FS
57
Conveying
REMAGRIP CP-X
Properties: Vulcanised alumina oxide (Al2O3) ceramic tiles Single-row ceramic, plain Highly resistant to wear Elastic base protects the belt Simple and durable affixing with REMA TIP TOP bonding systems Area of application: Pulley lagging for pulleys operating under extreme conditions For wet, clay-containing, muddy and abrasive materials Also for very high belt tensions For tail pulleys subjected to extreme wear F or non-powered drums
REMAGRIP CP-X
Plain alumina oxide (Al2O3) ceramic.
REMAGRIP CP-X Ref. No. 539 7210 REMAGRIP CP-X 40 Designation Width of ceramic area 840 mm 1 100 mm 1 200 mm 1 600 mm 1 720 mm 1 880 mm 2 060 mm 1 250 x 500 x 15 mm Dimensions For belt width 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 500 mm 1 600 mm 1 800 mm 2 000 mm 800 mm
539 6970 REMAGRIP CP-X 45 539 7200 REMAGRIP CP-X 50 539 7240 REMAGRIP CP-X 60 539 7190 REMAGRIP CP-X 70 539 6940 REMAGRIP CP-X 75 539 7180 REMAGRIP CP-X 90
1 500 x 500 x 15 mm 1 600 x 500 x 15 mm 1 900 x 500 x 15 mm 2 100 x 500 x 15 mm 2 300 x 500 x 15 mm 2 500 x 500 x 15 mm
58
Conveying
Cover strip CK-X / CP-X

Properties: CN bonding layer Highly elastic Wear-resistant Area of application: Superior sealing of butt joints for REMAGRIP CK-X and CP-X pulley lagging Especially for powdery materials or in critical climates Additional protection against infiltration of corrosion
Cover strip CK-X / CP-X

Ref. No. 522 0780 Cover strip CK-X / CP-X Designation Dimensions 1.5 x 28 x 10 000 mm Qty 5 522 0780
CN Crowning wedge
Properties: Cost-effective crowning for pulleys Improves belt tracking, especially for uneven loading of the material Area of application: Fabric conveyor belts
CN Crowning wedge
Ref. No. 528 5545 CN Crowning wedge 255 mm 3 mm 528 5545 Pulley Crowning with CN Crowning wedge and CN Filler Rubber REMAGRIP 1 mm Designation 1/3 x 255 x 2 500 mm Dimensions
Pulley Face
CN Filler rubber 3 mm
CN Crowning wedge
59
Conveying
UNIGRIP Drum coating material for simple applications
UNIGRIP 60
Properties: Reduces slip between belt and pully Increases and stabilizes the coefficient of friction Expels moisture and dirt Protects the pulley against wear and corrosion Avoids caking Positive effect on tracking Wear-resistant material quality Area of application: Profile tread for drive pulleys For low to averagely loaded textile conveyor belts Small pulley diameters (up to 800 mm)
UNIGRIP 60/KS
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Profile Roll length Color 550 3690 UNIGRIP 60/KS 550 3700 UNIGRIP 60/KS 550 3710 UNIGRIP 60/KS Ref. No. Designation NR/IR/SBR 1.12 g/cm 63 5 Shore A 47 % 18 x 6 x 3 mm 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 UNIGRIP 60 B = 35 mm L = 18 mm S = 6 mm t = 3 mm d = 8/10/12/15 mm
6 x 2 000 mm 8 x 2 000 mm 10 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
6,66 kg/m 10,92 kg/m 8,45 kg/m
Weight
60
Conveying
UNIGRIP Drum coating material for simple applications
UNIGRIP 65
Properties: Reduces slip between belt and pulley Increases and stabilizes the coefficient of friction Expels moisture and dirt Protects the pulley against wear and corrosion Avoids caking Positive effect on tracking Wear-resistant material quality Area of application: Profiled tread for drive pulleys For low to medium loading of textile conveyor belts For small pulley diameters (up to 800 mm)
UNIGRIP 65/KS
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Profile Roll length Color 550 3715 UNIGRIP 65/KS 550 3730 UNIGRIP 65/KS Ref. No. Designation NR/IR/SBR 1.12 g/cm 63 5 Shore A 47 % 50 x 6 x 3 mm (Profile 50) 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 UNIGRIP 65 B = 86 mm L = 50 mm S = 6 mm t = 3 mm d = 8/10/12 mm
550 3720 UNIGRIP 65/KS
10 x 2 000 mm 15 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
12 x 2 000 mm
14,22 kg/m 17,89 kg/m
11,68 kg/m
Weight
61
Conveying
REMASLEEVE Belt idler sleeves
REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN

Properties: Protection against caking, wear and corrosion Extremely elastic Excellent self-cleaning properties in wet operation Area of application: Rubber sleeves for carrying idlers and return idlers
REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN

Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Color Ref. No. Designation NR 0.98 g/cm 30 5 Shore A 70 % Orange DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN Idler 80 mm 89 mm 63.5 mm Length 1 300 mm 1 300 mm 1 300 mm 1 300 mm 1 300 mm 1 300 mm 1 300 mm 1 300 mm 1 300 mm 1 300 mm Thickness 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm
537 1411 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN 537 1435 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN 537 1442 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN 537 1466 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN 537 1480 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN 537 1497 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN 537 1404 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN 537 1428 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN 537 1459 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN 537 1473 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN
108 mm 133 mm 150 mm 2 Inch 3 Inch 4 Inch 5 Inch
62
Conveying
REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN

Properties: Protection against caking, wear and corrosion Area of application: Rubber sleeves for carrying idlers and return idlers For food industry use PUR and PVC belt systems
REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN

Food quality Food quality in accordance with: Federal Institute for Risk Assessment, Plastics Recommendation XXI, Cat. 3 & 4 (Germany) FDA Regulation No. 21 Sec. 177.2600 Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Color Ref. No. Designation NR 1.02 g/cm 38 5 Shore A 80 % White DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
B
REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 40 WHITE FOOD /CN
537 1860 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN 537 1800 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN 537 1870 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN 537 1930 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN 537 1880 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN 537 1820 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN 537 1990 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN 537 1950 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN 537 1890 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN 537 1960 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN 537 1840 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN 537 1900 REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN
Idler 50 mm 63.5 mm 63.5 mm 63.5 mm 80 mm 89 mm 89 mm 89 mm 108 mm 108 mm 133 mm 133 mm
Length
1 000 mm 800 mm 1 000 mm 1 300 mm 1 000 mm 800 mm 1 000 mm 1 300 mm 1 000 mm 1 300 mm 800 mm 1 000 mm
Thickness
7 mm
7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm
7 mm
7 mm
63
Conveying
REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN

Properties: Protection against caking, wear and corrosion Area of application: Rubber sleeves for carrying idlers and return idlers
REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN

Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Color Ref. No. Designation NR/BR 1.03 g/cm 40 5 Shore A 60 % Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 Idler 80 mm 89 mm Length Thickness
REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN 7 mm
537 5022 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN 537 5039 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN 537 5046 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN 537 5053 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN 537 5060 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN 537 5400 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN 537 5280 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN 537 5314 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN 537 5345 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN 537 5376 REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN
63.5 mm
2 750 mm 2 750 mm 2 750 mm 2 750 mm 1 300 mm 1 300 mm 1 300 mm 1 300 mm 1 300 mm
2 750 mm
7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm
108 mm 133 mm 150 mm 2 Inch 3 Inch 4 Inch 5 Inch
REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60/CN

Properties: Protection against corrosion and wear Cost-effective tubing sleeve for protection against corrosion Area of application: Rubber sleeves for carrying idlers and return idlers
REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60/CN

Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Color Ref. No. Designation NR/SBR/BR 1.14 g/cm 60 5 Shore A 43 % Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 Idler 50 mm 80 mm 89 mm 63.5 mm Length Thickness
REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60/CN 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm
537 3206 REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60/CN 537 5125 REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60/CN 537 5132 REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60/CN 537 5149 REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60/CN 537 5156 REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60/CN 537 5163 REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60/CN
1 300 mm 2 750 mm 2 750 mm 2 750 mm 2 750 mm 2 750 mm
108 mm 133 mm
64
Conveying
REMASLEEVE KSB-RE 70 OIL /CN

Properties: Protects against corrosion and wear Oil and grease resistant Area of application: Rubber sleeves for carrying idlers and return idlers

Oil and grease resistant Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Color Ref. No. Designation NBR 1.16 g/cm 61 5 Shore A 39 % Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 Idler Length Thickness
537 6629 REMASLEEVE KSB-RE70 OIL/CN
50 mm 50 mm 80 mm 80 mm 89 mm
1 000 mm 1 300 mm 1 000 mm 1 300 mm 1 000 mm 1 000 mm 1 300 mm 1 000 mm
4 mm
4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm
108 mm 108 mm 133 mm
Accessories for REMASLEEVE VSB/KSB

Mounting set for REMASLEEVE VSB/KSB
For quick and easy pneumatic mounting of the sleeves. 596 7478 Mounting set VSB/KSB Contents: - 1 mounting adapter (idler 50/63.5/80/89/108/133/150 mm) - 1 fastening strap - 1 pedal-operated air injection device with flexible hose 595 2470 Mounting adapter VSB/KSB 595 2421 Mounting adapter VSB/KSB 595 2438 Mounting adapter VSB/KSB 595 2445 Mounting adapter VSB/KSB 595 2469 Mounting adapter VSB/KSB 595 2483 Mounting adapter VSB/KSB 595 2490 Mounting adapter VSB/KSB Ref. No. Designation Idler
63.5 mm
50 mm 80 mm 89 mm
108 mm 133 mm 150 mm
65
Conveying
REMASKIRT Skirting rubber
REMASKIRT 40
Properties: Special skirting rubber with excellent flexibility and elasticity Area of application: Skirting rubber and scraper for moist material
REMASKIRT 40
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color* 549 6098 REMASKIRT 40 Ref. No. Designation BR/NR 1.01 g/cm 54 5 Shore A 75 % 10 m Green* DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 6335 REMASKIRT 40
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
15 mm
15 mm
15 mm
12 mm
12 mm
12 mm
12 mm
12 mm
10 mm
10 mm
10 mm
10 mm
10 mm
8 mm
Thickness
1 800 mm 120 mm 100 mm
Width REMASKIRT 40
1 800 mm 120 mm 100 mm
200 mm
150 mm
1 800 mm 200 mm 150 mm
200 mm
150 mm
1 800 mm 150 mm 100 mm
1 800 mm
200 mm
66
Conveying
REMASKIRT 50
Properties: Skirting rubber made of natural rubber with high tensile strength Area of application: Skirting rubber and scraper for wet, sticky material
REMASKIRT 50
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color* 550 1842 REMASKIRT 50 549 6438 REMASKIRT 50 550 1921 REMASKIRT 50 550 1938 REMASKIRT 50 549 6476 REMASKIRT 50 549 6500 REMASKIRT 50 549 6517 REMASKIRT 50 549 6524 REMASKIRT 50 549 6531 REMASKIRT 50 549 6546 REMASKIRT 50 549 6555 REMASKIRT 50 549 6603 REMASKIRT 50 549 6620 REMASKIRT 50 549 6630 REMASKIRT 50 549 6641 REMASKIRT 50 549 6658 REMASKIRT 50 549 6670 REMASKIRT 50 549 6696 REMASKIRT 50 549 6706 REMASKIRT 50 549 6730 REMASKIRT 50 549 6737 REMASKIRT 50 549 6713 REMASKIRT 50 549 6751 REMASKIRT 50 Ref. No. Designation NR 1.10 g/cm 50 5 Shore A 74 % 10 m Orange* DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
B
Width
5 mm 6 mm 7 mm 7 mm 8 mm 8 mm
Thickness
1 800 mm 1 800 mm 1 800 mm 1 800 mm 100 mm 120 mm 150 mm 1 800 mm 150 mm 200 mm 150 mm 200 mm 150 mm 200 mm 200 mm 120 mm 150 mm
REMASKIRT 50
10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 12 mm 12 mm 12 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 20 mm 20 mm 20 mm 25 mm 30 mm 30 mm
1 800 mm
1 800 mm
1 800 mm 1 800 mm 1 800 mm 150 mm
67
Conveying
REMASKIRT CB 195
Properties: Good sealing properties, especially when combined with REMASLIDE bars Sealing lips with labyrinth effect Area of application: Skirting rubber seal for conveyor belts transporting fine-grained and dusty material Proven especially useful for conveying coal
REMASKIRT CB 195
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NR 1.10 g/cm 63 5 Shore A 46 % 31 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
550 2651 REMASKIRT CB 195
Thickness 6/10 mm
Width
195 mm 550 2651
Wear parts REMASKIRT CB 195

Ref. No. 550 2670 Mounting rails CB 195 Primed and coated with COROPUR (red). 550 2660 Mounting rails CB 195 Primed and coated with COROPUR (red). Designation Length 1 200 mm 1 200 mm Content 2 pcs Mounting rails REMASKIRT CB 195
10 pcs
68
Conveying
UNISKIRT Skirting rubber seal
UNISKIRT 40
Area of application: Skirting rubber and scraper for moist, sticky material for non-complex applications
UNISKIRT 40
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color 550 7490 UNISKIRT 40 Ref. No. Designation NR/SBR 1.21 g/cm 45 5 Shore A 57 % 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
B
Weight
550 7121 UNISKIRT 40 550 7138 UNISKIRT 40 550 7145 UNISKIRT 40 550 7152 UNISKIRT 40
550 7080 UNISKIRT 40
10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm 15 x 2 000 mm 20 x 2 000 mm
8 x 2 000 mm
6 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
10,82 kg/m 12,98 kg/m 16,22 kg/m 21,63 kg/m
8,65 kg/m
6,49 kg/m
UNISKIRT 60
Area of application: Skirting rubber and scraper for non-complex applications
UNISKIRT 60
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color 550 7510 UNISKIRT 60 550 7190 UNISKIRT 60 550 7224 UNISKIRT 60 550 7231 UNISKIRT 60 550 7248 UNISKIRT 60 550 7255 UNISKIRT 60 550 7262 UNISKIRT 60 Ref. No. Designation NR/BR/SBR 1.22 g/cm 61 5 Shore A 38 % 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
6 x 2 000 mm 8 x 2 000 mm 10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm 15 x 2 000 mm 20 x 2 000 mm 25 x 2 000 mm
Dimensions
10,16 kg/m
7,62 kg/m
Weight
12,71 kg/m 15,25 kg/m 19,06 kg/m 25,41 kg/m 31,76 kg/m
69
Conveying
REMASLIDE Low-friction impact bars
REMASLIDE Bars
Properties: Combination of polyethylene (PE) and rubber with integrated fastening profile Low friction between conveyor belt and REMASLIDE surface Increases operating life of the belt Reduction in energy consumption Distance between conveyor belt and impact bars must be at least 20 mm (when conveyor belt is not loaded) Steel fastening profile Impact rubber (black), PE (green, 10 mm thick) Area of application: Impact protection for conveyor belts at the material feeding and transfer points Good sealing effect when used in conjunction with REMASKIRT
REMASLIDE Low Friction Set

Consists of REMASLIDE Bars and 4 TT Fastening Unit IV (Thread M16 x 40). Fastening unit consists of TT fasteners with washer and self-locking nut Recommendation: 4 fasteners per meter. Ref. No. 539 0670 REMASLIDE LF Set KG-02 Designation Dimensions (H x B x L) 80 x 100 x 1 220 mm 52 x 100 x 1 220 mm
539 0690 REMASLIDE LF Set KG-04
539 0680 REMASLIDE LF Set KG-03
100 x 100 x 1 220 mm
REMASLIDE Low Friction Set (Bars and Fasteners)
REMASLIDE A Bar
Antistatic Can be used in ATEX systems Highly wear-resistant polyurethane coating (black) Electrical resistance: Antistatic* Elastic rubber underside (approx. 40 Shore) Steel attachment unit *Surface and contact resistance < 1<106 Ohm, tested to DIN IEC 93 / VDE 0303 Part 30. Consists of REMASLIDE A bar and 4 TT-IV fasteners (Thread M 16 x 40). Ref. No. 539 0700 REMASLIDE-Set A KG-02 Designation Dimensions (H x B x L) 80 x 100 x 1 220 mm 52 x 100 x 1 220 mm
539 0715 REMASLIDE-Set A KG-04
539 0710 REMASLIDE-Set A KG-03
100 x 100 x 1 220 mm
TT - Fastening Units IV
Torque: 60 Nm Ref. No. 539 3561 TT - Fastening Units IV Designation M 16 x 40 mm Dimensions TT - Fastening Units
539 3475 TT - Fastening Units IV
539 3468 TT - Fastening Units IV
M 16 x 80 mm
M 16 x 60 mm
70
Conveying
REMACLEAN Scraper Rubber
REMACLEAN 60
Properties: Excellent resistance to wear Abrasion-resistant Area of application: Scraper and skirting rubber for granulated, non-sticky material
REMACLEAN 60
Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation BR/IR/SBR 1.13 g/cm 60 5 Shore A 44 % 10 m Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
B
Width
549 7004 REMACLEAN 60 549 9191 REMACLEAN 60 549 7035 REMACLEAN 60 549 7073 REMACLEAN 60 549 7091 REMACLEAN 60 549 7107 REMACLEAN 60 549 7138 REMACLEAN 60 549 7183 REMACLEAN 60
Thickness 5 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 10 mm 15 mm 15 mm 20 mm
1 800 mm 1 800 mm 1 800 mm 1 800 mm 1 800 mm 1 800 mm 150 mm 150 mm
REMACLEAN 60 MOR
Moderate oil resistance Especially for moderately oil resistant fabric conveyor belts used in the recycling industry. Roll can be cut into strips upon request. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation NBR 1.14 g/cm 64 5 Shore A 30 % 10 m Black 5 mm 7 mm Thickness DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 7520 REMACLEAN 60 MOR 549 7530 REMACLEAN 60 MOR 549 7540 REMACLEAN 60 MOR
2 000 mm 2 000 mm 2 000 mm
Width
11.97 kg/m 16.76 kg/m 23.94 kg/m
Weight
10 mm
71
Conveying
REMACLEAN 70
Properties: Superior resistance to wear Highly abrasion resistant Area of application: Scraper and skirting rubber for granulated, non-sticky material
REMACLEAN 70
Minimum order for 30 mm: 1 roll, 2 000 mm wide. Roll can be cut into strips upon request. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Electric resistance Roll length Color 549 9200 REMACLEAN 70 Ref. No. Designation NR/BR 1.10 g/cm 64 5 Shore A 53 % Antistatic* 10 m Black 6 mm Thickness DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 DIN 22100-7
549 6963 REMACLEAN 70
30 mm
20 mm
20 mm
15 mm
15 mm
15 mm
10 mm
10 mm
2 000 mm
2 000 mm
150 mm
2 000 mm
200 mm
150 mm
2 000 mm
150 mm
2 000 mm
Width
Weight
34.50 kg/m 46.00 kg/m 3.45 kg/m
69.00 kg/m
*Surface and volume resistivity<1x106 Ohm, tested in accordance with DIN IEC 60093 / VDE 0303 part 30.
72
Conveying
REMACLEAN 70 V
Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil resistance German underground approval: LOBA No. 18.43.21-91-4 Polish underground approval: Dopuszczenie WUG Katowice No. B/1724/2007 May be used in ATEX installations. Roll can be cut into strips upon request. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Electric resistance Inflammability Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation CR 1.40 g/cm 62 5 Shore A 27 % Antistatic* Self-extinguishing** 10 m Black 8 mm Thickness DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
549 7333 REMACLEAN 70 V
549 7388 REMACLEAN 70 V 549 7436 REMACLEAN 70 V 549 7474 REMACLEAN 70 V 549 7515 REMACLEAN 70 V
15 mm 20 mm 30 mm
10 mm
2 000 mm
Width
2 000 mm 2 000 mm 2 000 mm 2 000 mm
29.20 kg/m
23.52 kg/m 43.80 kg/m 58.40 kg/m 87.60 kg/m
Weight
73
Conveying
REMACLEAN CAB
Properties: Combi scraper rubber (CAB), three-ply with wear resistant outer layer and elastic inner layer Very belt friendly Area of application: Scraper for granular, slightly sticky and moist material Lower run scraper Inside belt scraper Plough scraper
REMACLEAN CAB GREEN

The combi scraper rubber may protrude from its support up to 1.5 times its thickness. Minimum order for 30 mm and thicker: 1 roll, 2 000 mm wide. Roll can be cut into strips upon request. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation BR/NR (outside + inside) 1.13/1.08/1.13 g/cm 70/54/70 5 Shore A 47/75/47 % 10 m (from 40 mm, thickness: 5 m) Black/green/black Thickness DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 REMACLEAN CAB GREEN
Width 100 mm
Weight 1.81 kg/m
549 8662 REMACLEAN CAB GREEN
50 mm
40 mm
30 mm
25 mm
25 mm
25 mm
25 mm
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
20 mm
15 mm
15 mm
15 mm
15 mm
2 000 mm 114.80 kg/m
2 000 mm
2 000 mm
2 000 mm
200 mm
150 mm
120 mm
2 000 mm
150 mm
120 mm
100 mm
2 000 mm
150 mm
120 mm
36.29 kg/m 2.85 kg/m 2.38 kg/m
2.73 kg/m
2.17 kg/m
47.56 kg/m 4.39 kg/m 3.51 kg/m
3.57 kg/m
91.84 kg/m
68.88 kg/m
58.43 kg/m
5.84 kg/m
74
Conveying
REMACLEAN CAB GRAY

The combi scraper rubber may protrude from its support up to 1.5 times its thickness. Minimum order for 30 mm and thicker: 1 roll, 2 000 mm wide. Roll can be cut into strips upon request. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation BR/IR/NR (outside), NR (inside) 1.23/1.08/1.23 g/cm 82/50/82 5 Shore A 38/73/38 % 10 m (from 40 mm, thickness: 5 m) Black/gray/black 15 mm 20 mm 20 mm 25 mm 25 mm 30 mm Thickness DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 REMACLEAN CAB GRAY
B
150 mm 100 mm 150 mm 150 mm 200 mm Width 2 000 mm 37.50 kg/m 2.81 kg/m 2.50 kg/m 3.75 kg/m 4.58 kg/m 6.10 kg/m Weight
549 9283 REMACLEAN CAB GRAY 549 9317 REMACLEAN CAB GRAY 549 9331 REMACLEAN CAB GRAY 549 9386 REMACLEAN CAB GRAY 549 9403 REMACLEAN CAB GRAY 549 9506 REMACLEAN CAB GRAY
549 9300 REMACLEAN CAB GRAY
15 mm
549 9355 REMACLEAN CAB GRAY
20 mm
2 000 mm
50.00 kg/m
549 9434 REMACLEAN CAB GRAY 549 9520 REMACLEAN CAB GRAY
25 mm 40 mm
2 000 mm 2 000 mm 2 000 mm
61.00 kg/m
72.00 kg/m
96.00 kg/m
75
Conveying
REMACLEAN Belt Scraper
REMACLEAN KWA
Properties: T-Bar Scrapers Abrasion-resistant rubber Long service life Three scrapers in one Rigid, torsion-free steel construction Quick and easy to replace Quick mounting with REMA TIP TOP tension units STANDARD, PRECISION or INNOVATION
REMACLEAN KWA
Highly abrasion resistant Used with bulk good temperatures up to 80 C. Polymer basis Hardness Color Ref. No. Designation NR/BR 64 5 Shore A Black DIN ISO 1629 DIN ISO 7619-1 Belt width 650 mm 500 mm REMACLEAN KWA
578 7043 REMACLEAN KWA 578 7050 REMACLEAN KWA 578 7270 REMACLEAN KWA 578 7407 REMACLEAN KWA 578 7414 REMACLEAN KWA
578 7036 REMACLEAN KWA
1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 1 600 mm 1 800 mm
800 mm
REMACLEAN KWA V
Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil resistance Used with bulk good temperatures up to 80 C. German underground approval: LOBA No. 18.43.21-91-24 Polish underground approval: Dopuszczenie WUG Katowice No. B/1724/2007 Polymer basis Hardness Electric resistance Inflammability Color Ref. No. Designation CR DIN ISO 1629 62 5 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 Antistatic* DIN 22100-7 Self-extinguishing** Black Belt width 500 mm 650 mm
REMACLEAN KWA V
578 7218 REMACLEAN KWA V 578 7225 REMACLEAN KWA V 578 7232 REMACLEAN KWA V
578 7249 REMACLEAN KWA V 578 7256 REMACLEAN KWA V 578 7311 REMACLEAN KWA V
1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 600 mm
800 mm
578 7263 REMACLEAN KWA V
1 400 mm
76
Conveying
REMACLEAN PUR
Properties: Polyurethane Dual Scraper Highly abrasion-resistant polyurethane Rigid, torsion-free steel construction Two scrapers in one Quick mounting with REMA TIP TOP tension units STANDARD, PRECISION or INNOVATION
REMACLEAN PUR
Oil and grease resistant Polymer basis Hardness Color Ref. No. Designation AU 90 5 Shore A Brown DIN ISO 1629 DIN ISO 7619-1 Belt width 500 mm 650 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 1 600 mm 800 mm
578 7500 REMACLEAN PUR 578 7517 REMACLEAN PUR 578 7524 REMACLEAN PUR 578 7531 REMACLEAN PUR 578 7548 REMACLEAN PUR 578 7555 REMACLEAN PUR 578 7562 REMACLEAN PUR
REMACLEAN PUR
REMACLEAN C
Properties: Ceramic-Rubber Combination Highly abrasion resistant Al2O3 ceramic Rubber embedding provides flexibility Rigid, torsion-free steel construction Quick mounting with TT Tension Units PRECISION or INNOVATION Not suitable for quartz or quartz containing bulk goods
REMACLEAN C
Ref. No. 578 7593 REMACLEAN C Designation Belt width 500 mm 400 mm
578 8626 REMACLEAN C
800 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 600 mm 1 400 mm 900 mm
650 mm
578 7634 REMACLEAN C 578 7641 REMACLEAN C 578 8640 REMACLEAN C 578 7665 REMACLEAN C
77
Conveying
REMACLEAN M
Properties: Metal-Rubber Combination Highly abrasion-resistant metal carbide edge Durably embedded in rubber Elastic rubber reduces vibrations Rigid, torsion-free steel construction Quick mounting with REMA TIP TOP tension units PRECISION or INNOVATION Can be quickly and easily replaced without special tools
REMACLEAN M
Ref. No. 578 9003 REMACLEAN M Designation Belt width 500 mm 400 mm
578 9041 REMACLEAN M 578 9065 REMACLEAN M 578 9072 REMACLEAN M
578 9027 REMACLEAN M
578 9010 REMACLEAN M
750 / 800 mm 900 mm
600 mm
578 9096 REMACLEAN M 578 9106 REMACLEAN M 578 9120 REMACLEAN M
1 000 / 1 050 mm 1 350 / 1 400 mm 1 200 mm 1 600 mm
78
Conveying
REMACLEAN Tension Unit
REMACLEAN Tension Units

Properties: For REMACLEAN KWA/PUR/C/M/HML/CONTOUR.
TT Tension Unit STANDARD

For REMACLEAN KWA/PUR/CONTOUR. Ref. No. 578 8389 TT Tension Unit STANDARD For scrapers B 400 - B 900. Contents: - 2 TT Tensioning devices SE 27 - 2 TT Holders SE 27 - Screws 578 8406 TT Tensioning device SE 27 578 8420 TT Holder SE 27 TT Tension Unit STANDARD Designation
578 8396 TT Tension Unit STANDARD For scrapers B 1 000- B 1 600. Contents: - 2 TT Tensioning devices SE 38 - 2 TT Holders SE 38 - Screws 578 8413 TT Tensioning device SE 38 578 8437 TT Holder SE 38
TT Tension Unit PRECISION

For REMACLEAN KWA/PUR/C/M. Advantages of PRECISION compared to STANDARD: More precise adjustability Stopping unit prevents damage to the belt after scraper is worn down Swivelling mechanism for precise 90 adjustment of the scraper on the conveyor belt Ref. No. Designation Content 1 pair
TT Tension Unit PRECISION
578 8358 TT Tension Unit PRECISION For scrapers B 1 200 - B 1 800.
578 8341 TT Tension Unit PRECISION For scrapers B 1 000 - B 1 050.
578 8310 TT Tension Unit PRECISION For scrapers B 400 - B 900.
1 pair 1 pair
79
Conveying
REMACLEAN Tension Unit
TT Tension Unit INNOVATION

For all scrapers with square support tubes: REMACLEAN KWA/PUR/C/M/HML/CONTOUR Suitable for shuttle belt operation for REMACLEAN HML and REMACLEAN PUR Continuously adjustable pressure against conveyor belt via drive spindle Pressure against conveyor belt can be adjusted by one person Can be mounted and adjusted with standard tools Swivelling mechanism for precise 90 adjustment of the scraper on the conveyor belt including exact pre-tension indicator Adaptable to a wide range of installation situations 578 8320 TT Tension Unit INNOVATION For scrapers B 400 - B 900. Ref. No. Designation Content 1 pair 578 8320
578 8360 TT Tension Unit INNOVATION For scrapers B 1 200 - B 1 800.
578 8330 TT Tension Unit INNOVATION For scrapers B 1 000 - B 1 050.
1 pair 1 pair
Wear parts TT Tension Unit INNOVATION

Ref. No. 578 8130 REMACLEAN reversing stop INNOVATION Designation For belt width 400 - 900 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 - 1 800 mm Content 1 Pcs
578 8140 REMACLEAN reversing stop INNOVATION
1 Pcs 1 Pcs REMACLEAN reversing stop INNOVATION
578 8150 REMACLEAN reversing stop INNOVATION
80
Conveying
REMACLEAN F-Series for use on pulley
REMACLEAN HM-F1
Properties: Belt scraper system with individual elastically supported tungsten carbide blades and a spindle-type tension unit for the cleaning of conveyor belt top covers at the head pulley High cleaning efficiency due to optimum adaptability of the blades (each one elastically supported) to the conveyor belt surface Long service life due to highly wear resistant materials and anti-caking skirts Easy installation below pulley axis (outside of main material flow) Low maintenance tensioning by rubber spring elements Open design of segments and torsion elements to ensure material run off Tension unit can be mounted inside or outside the conveyor construction Suitable for shuttle belt operation For pulley diameters up to 2 000 mm For belt speeds up to 6.5 m/s Area of application: Universally applicable for many types of materials
REMACLEAN HM-F1
Ref. No. 578 2165 REMACLEAN HM-F1 578 2189 REMACLEAN HM-F1 578 2196 REMACLEAN HM-F1 578 2206 REMACLEAN HM-F1 578 2213 REMACLEAN HM-F1 578 2220 REMACLEAN HM-F1 578 2237 REMACLEAN HM-F1 578 2244 REMACLEAN HM-F1 578 2251 REMACLEAN HM-F1 578 2268 REMACLEAN HM-F1 Designation Belt width 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 1 600 mm 1 800 mm 2 000 mm 2 200 mm 2 400 mm 2 600 mm 800 mm
Spare parts REMACLEAN HM-F1

Ref. No. 578 3803 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F1, with PE deflector apron, center 578 1080 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F1, with PE deflector apron, right 578 1070 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F1, with PE deflector apron, left Designation
81
Conveying
REMACLEAN HM-F2
Properties: Belt scraper system with individual elastically supported tungsten carbide blades and a spindle-type tension unit for the cleaning of conveyor belt top covers at the head pulley High cleaning efficiency due to optimum adaptability of the blades (individual bearings) to the conveyor belt surface Long service life due to highly wear resistant materials Installation below pulley axis (outside of main material flow) Open design of segments and torsion elements to ensure material run off Easily adjustable, low maintenance through rubber spring elements Constant and ideal contact pressure; easily adjustable and display readable Tension unit can also be mounted outside the conveyor construction Suitable for shuttle belt operation For belt speeds up to 3 m/s (for belt widths 1 600 and more up to 2.5 m/s)
REMACLEAN HM-F2
Ref. No. 578 3009 REMACLEAN HM-F2 578 3016 REMACLEAN HM-F2 578 3023 REMACLEAN HM-F2 578 3030 REMACLEAN HM-F2 578 3047 REMACLEAN HM-F2 578 3054 REMACLEAN HM-F2 578 1001 REMACLEAN HM-F2 578 1018 REMACLEAN HM-F2 578 1025 REMACLEAN HM-F2 578 1032 REMACLEAN HM-F2 578 1049 REMACLEAN HM-F2 Designation Belt width 400 mm 500 mm 650 mm 800 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 1 600 mm 1 800 mm 2 000 mm 900 mm
REMACLEAN HM-F2 HR
Special model for use at temperatures up to 120 C. Ref. No. 578 1214 REMACLEAN HM-F2 HR 578 1221 REMACLEAN HM-F2 HR 578 1238 REMACLEAN HM-F2 HR 578 1245 REMACLEAN HM-F2 HR 578 1252 REMACLEAN HM-F2 HR 578 1269 REMACLEAN HM-F2 HR 578 1276 REMACLEAN HM-F2 HR 578 1283 REMACLEAN HM-F2 HR Designation Belt width 400 mm 500 mm 650 mm 800 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 900 mm
82
Conveying
Spare parts REMACLEAN HM-F2 / HM-F2 HR

Ref. No. 578 3250 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F2/120, Center 578 3267 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F2/120, Right 578 3274 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F2/120, Left Designation
578 0435 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F2/240, Center 578 0442 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F2/240, Right 578 0459 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F2/240, Left 578 3243 Torsion element HM-F2 578 3951 Torsion element HM-F2 HR, up to 120 C
B
578 3243
REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA
Stainless steel model for corrosive media and the food industry. Material 4571 (V4A). Ref. No. 578 0167 REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA Designation Belt width 400 mm 500 mm
578 0174 REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA
578 0181 REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA 578 0198 REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA 578 0208 REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA 578 0215 REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA 578 0497 REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA 578 0507 REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA 578 0514 REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA
650 mm 800 mm 900 mm
1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 1 600 mm
Spare parts REMACLEAN HM-F2 VA

Ref. No. 578 0222 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F2 VA, Center 578 0239 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F2 VA, Right 578 0246 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-F2 VA, Left 578 0253 Torsion element HM-F2 VA Designation
578 0253
83
Conveying
REMACLEAN PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 / PUR-F5

Properties: Primary belt cleaning system with a polyurethane blade and a spring lever tension unit The polyurethane blade optimally adjusts to the belt surface and guarantees effective cleaning Long service life is achieved by using highly wear resistant polyurethane material Suitable for use with mechanical fasteners Easy installation and adjustment, the spring lever tension unit requires minimum maintenance Uniform and optimal contact pressure is easily set Can be used for shuttle belt operation and crowned pulleys For belt speeds up to 4.0 m/s Area of application: Universally applicable for many types of materials Suitable for abrasive and sticky materials as a primary cleaning system
REMACLEAN PUR-F3
For pulley diameters from 220 to 500 mm. Ref. No. 578 5504 REMACLEAN PUR-F3 Designation Belt width 650 mm 500 mm
578 5507 REMACLEAN PUR-F3 578 5508 REMACLEAN PUR-F3 578 5509 REMACLEAN PUR-F3 578 5510 REMACLEAN PUR-F3 578 5511 REMACLEAN PUR-F3 578 5512 REMACLEAN PUR-F3
578 5506 REMACLEAN PUR-F3
1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 1 600 mm 1 800 mm 2 000 mm
800 mm
Wear parts REMACLEAN PUR-F3

Ref. No. 578 5500 Segment PUR-F3 Designation 100 mm Length
578 5503 Segment PUR-F3
400 mm
300 mm
200 mm
84
Conveying
REMACLEAN PUR-F4
For pulley diameters from 500 to 1600 mm. Ref. No. 578 5524 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 578 5525 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 578 5526 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 578 5527 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 578 5528 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 578 5529 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 578 5530 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 578 5531 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 578 5532 REMACLEAN PUR-F4 578 5800 REMACLEAN PUR-F4, in V quality with ATEX approval 578 5810 REMACLEAN PUR-F4, in V quality with ATEX approval 578 5820 REMACLEAN PUR-F4, in V quality with ATEX approval 578 5830 REMACLEAN PUR-F4, in V quality with ATEX approval Designation Belt width 500 mm 650 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 1 600 mm 1 800 mm 2 000 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 800 mm 800 mm

Ref. No. 578 5520 Segment PUR-F4 Designation 100 mm Length
578 5590 Segment PUR-F4, in V quality
578 5580 Segment PUR-F4, in V quality
300 mm 400 mm
400 mm
300 mm
200 mm
REMACLEAN PUR-F5
For pulley diameters from 240 to 800 mm. Ref. No. 578 5600 REMACLEAN PUR-F5 Designation Belt width 650 mm 500 mm
578 5630 REMACLEAN PUR-F5 578 5640 REMACLEAN PUR-F5 578 5650 REMACLEAN PUR-F5
1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm
800 mm

Ref. No. 578 5660 Segment PUR-5 Designation 100 mm Length 578 5660
85
Conveying
REMACLEAN U-Series for use on belt
REMACLEAN HM-U1
Properties: Belt cleaning system for belt return side applications consisting of tungsten carbide segments Superior cleaning performance Long service life achieved by use of premium carbides Modular system consisting of support tube, carbide segments, support tube extensions and spindle-type tension units with torsion pressure support Constant and ideal contact pressure that is easy to adjust Arbor kits can be mounted inside or outside the conveyor construction Adjustable by one person without special knowledge Damage of the belt edges is prevented by rounded outer carbide segments Can be upgraded for use in shuttle belt operation
REMACLEAN HM-U1
Ref. No. 578 9137 REMACLEAN HM-U1 578 9144 REMACLEAN HM-U1 578 9151 REMACLEAN HM-U1 578 9168 REMACLEAN HM-U1 578 9175 REMACLEAN HM-U1 578 9182 REMACLEAN HM-U1 578 9199 REMACLEAN HM-U1 578 9209 REMACLEAN HM-U1 578 9216 REMACLEAN HM-U1 578 9223 REMACLEAN HM-U1 578 9230 REMACLEAN HM-U1 578 9247 REMACLEAN HM-U1 578 9254 REMACLEAN HM-U1 Designation Belt width 400 mm 500 mm 650 mm 800 mm 1 050 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 1 600 mm 1 800 mm 2 000 mm 2 400/2 500 mm 2 200 mm 900 mm
Spare parts REMACLEAN HM-U1

Ref. No. 578 9326 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U1, with PE skirting, center 578 9333 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U1, with PE skirting, right 578 9340 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U1, with PE skirting, left Designation
86
Conveying
REMACLEAN U-Series - for use on belt
REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR
Special model for use at temperatures up to 120 C. Belt widths > 1 200 mm are available on request. Ref. No. 578 3281 REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR 578 3298 REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR 578 3308 REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR 578 3315 REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR 578 3322 REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR 578 3339 REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR 578 3340 REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR Designation Belt width 400 mm 500 mm 650 mm 800 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 900 mm
Spare parts - REMACLEAN HM-U1 HR

Ref. No. 578 9807 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U1 HR, with VA skirting, center 578 9814 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U1 HR, with VA skirting, right 578 9821 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U1 HR, with VA skirting, left Designation
REMACLEAN HM-U1 VA
Special model for the chemicals and food industries. Belt widths > 1 000 / 1 050 mm are available on request. Ref. No. 578 5203 REMACLEAN HM-U1 VA Designation Belt width 400 mm 500 mm
578 5210 REMACLEAN HM-U1 VA
578 5227 REMACLEAN HM-U1 VA 578 5234 REMACLEAN HM-U1 VA 578 5241 REMACLEAN HM-U1 VA 578 5258 REMACLEAN HM-U1 VA 578 5260 REMACLEAN HM-U1 VA
650 mm 800 mm 900 mm
1 000 mm 1 200 mm
Spare parts - REMACLEAN HM-U1 VA

Ref. No. 578 9883 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U1 VA, with VA skirting, center 578 9890 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U1 VA, with VA skirting, right 578 9900 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U1 VA, with VA skirting, left Designation
578 9883
87
Conveying
Accessories
Ref. No.
578 9508 Reversing stop set For belt widths 400 - 600 mm.
Designation
92 46
578 9515 Reversing stop set For belt widths 750 - 1 050 mm.
Off-set plate
578 9522 Reversing stop set For belt widths 1 200 - 1 400 mm.
578 9845
578 9539 Reversing stop set For belt widths 1 600 mm and above.
578 9845 Reversing stop set 2 off-set plates with fastening elements. For belt widths 400 - 800 mm.
REMACLEAN HM-U2
Properties: Belt cleaning system for belt return side applications with a tungsten carbide blade Excellent cleaning efficiency Long service life by using high quality tungsten carbides The carbide scraper unit can be easily installed and adjusted The highly abrasion-resistant REMATHAN element prevents material build-up, caking and absorbs vibrations Modular construction consists of support tube, support tube extension and spindle assembly with rubber spring element Constant and ideal contact pressure can be easily adjusted Spindle kits can be mounted inside or outside the conveyor construction Belt friendly cleaning due to rounded edges of the outer blades Can be upgraded for use in shuttle belt operation
REMACLEAN HM-U2
Ref. No. 578 9278 REMACLEAN HM-U2 578 9285 REMACLEAN HM-U2 578 9292 REMACLEAN HM-U2 578 0105 REMACLEAN HM-U2 578 0112 REMACLEAN HM-U2 578 0920 REMACLEAN HM-U2 578 0930 REMACLEAN HM-U2 Designation Belt width 500 mm 650 mm 800 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 900 mm
88
Conveying
Spare parts - REMACLEAN HM-U2

Ref. No. 578 9412 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U2 For belt width 500 mm. 578 9429 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U2 For belt width 600/650 mm. 578 9436 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U2 For belt width 750/800 mm. 578 0129 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U2 For belt width 900 mm. 578 0136 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U2 For belt widths 1 000/1 050 mm. 578 0140 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U2 For belt width 1 200 mm. 578 0150 Hard metal scraper segment HMT-U2 For belt width 1 400 mm. Designation
Accessories
Ref. No. 578 9508 Reversing stop set For belt widths 400 - 600 mm. Designation 92 46
578 9515 Reversing stop set For belt widths 750 - 1 050 mm.
Off-set plate
578 9522 Reversing stop set For belt widths 1 200 - 1 400 mm.
578 9845
578 9845 Reversing stop set 2 off-set plates with fastening elements. For belt widths 400 - 800 mm.
89
Conveying
REMACLEAN HM-U3
Properties: Belt scraper system for belt return side applications with a tungsten carbide blade Universally applicable for many types of materials Excellent cleaning efficiency Long service life of the tungsten carbides due to highly wear resistant materials Belt friendly cleaning due to rounded edges of the blade Wear resistant surface Easy installation and adjustment of the scraper system (low installation space requirement) Automatic system adjustment Tension unit INNOVATION with precise micro adjustment of the contact pressure Integrated pitch adjustment of the scraper blade REMA-REPCOAT SL anti-caking coating on the blade Applicable for temperatures from -40 C to +130 C
REMACLEAN HM-U3
Ref. No. 578 8900 REMACLEAN HM-U3 578 8910 REMACLEAN HM-U3 578 8920 REMACLEAN HM-U3 578 8930 REMACLEAN HM-U3 578 8940 REMACLEAN HM-U3 578 8950 REMACLEAN HM-U3 Designation Belt width 400 mm 500 mm 650 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 800 mm
Wear parts REMACLEAN HM-U3

Ref. No. 578 2010 REMACLEAN HML 578 2020 REMACLEAN HML 578 2030 REMACLEAN HML 578 2040 REMACLEAN HML 578 2060 REMACLEAN HML 578 2070 REMACLEAN HML Designation Belt width 400 mm 500 mm 650 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 800 mm
90
Conveying
REMACLEAN HM-U4 / HM-U5

Properties: Belt scraper system for belt return side applications with a CONTOUR tungsten carbide blade Parabolic arc design of the scraper blade Perfect adaptability to the conveyor belt surface Excellent cleaning efficiency Long service life of the tungsten carbides Impact-resistant design of the tungsten carbides Low installation space requirement Easy installation and adjustment of the scraper system Automatic adjustment of the system Integrated pitch adjustment of the scraper blade Multi layer corrosion protection coatings of the scraper blade
REMACLEAN HM-U4
Used with REMA TIP TOP Tension Unit STANDARD Ref. No. 578 9260 REMACLEAN HM-U4 578 9261 REMACLEAN HM-U4 578 9262 REMACLEAN HM-U4 578 9263 REMACLEAN HM-U4 578 9264 REMACLEAN HM-U4 Designation Belt width 500 mm 650 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 800 mm
REMACLEAN HM-U5
Application with REMA TIP TOP tension unit INNOVATION with exact micro adjustment of contact pressure. Ref. No. 578 9360 REMACLEAN HM-U5 578 9361 REMACLEAN HM-U5 578 9362 REMACLEAN HM-U5 578 9363 REMACLEAN HM-U5 578 9364 REMACLEAN HM-U5 Designation Belt width 500 mm 650 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 800 mm
Wear parts REMACLEAN HM-U4 / HM-U5

Ref. No. 578 9400 HMT-CONTOUR For belt width 500 mm. 578 9401 HMT-CONTOUR For belt width 650 mm. 578 9402 HMT-CONTOUR For belt width 800 mm. Designation
578 9403 HMT-CONTOUR For belt width 1 000 mm. 578 9404 HMT-CONTOUR For belt width 1 200 mm.
91
Conveying
REMACLEAN HM-U6
Properties: Belt scraper system for belt return side applications with elastically supported tungsten carbide blades Belt friendly cleaning achieved by the sagging function of the blade segments The tungsten carbide segments are individually supported and can adapt dynamically in the running direction of the belt Precise adjustment of the required contact pressure by using the torsion tension unit with spindle adjustment Top quality tungsten carbide blades provide long service life Compact design Tungsten carbide segments equipped with material run-off skirts Individually supported segments (rubber spring elements) For belt speeds up to 2.5 m/s
REMACLEAN HM-U6
Ref. No. 578 8960 REMACLEAN HM-U6 Designation Belt width 500 mm 400 mm
578 8969 REMACLEAN HM-U6
2000 mm
1800 mm
1600 mm
1400 mm
1200 mm
1000 mm
800 mm
650 mm
Wear parts - REMACLEAN HM-U6

Ref. No. 578 8590 Hard metal scraper HMT-U6, with polyurethane skirt 578 8590 Designation
92
Conveying
REMACLEAN HM-U7 / HM-U8

Properties: Belt scraper system for belt return side applications with elastically supported tungsten carbide blades and a spindle-type tension unit Belt friendly cleaning produced by the sagging function of the segment bars Precise adjustment of the required contact pressure Top quality tungsten carbide blades provide long service life Compact design Tool-free installation / Segment change-out Tungsten carbide blades in stainless steel design Combines the benefits of polyurethane and tungsten carbide Area of application: Suitable for bulk material applications in all sectors of industry
REMACLEAN HM-U7
Designed for maximum belt speed of 2.5 m/s MF (Mechanical Fasteners): With special impact-proof hard metal scrapers for use where mechanical connections are used Ref. No. 578 9300 REMACLEAN HM-U7 578 9301 REMACLEAN HM-U7 578 9302 REMACLEAN HM-U7 578 9303 REMACLEAN HM-U7 578 9304 REMACLEAN HM-U7 578 9305 REMACLEAN HM-U7 578 9306 REMACLEAN HM-U7 578 8970 REMACLEAN HM-U7 MF 578 8971 REMACLEAN HM-U7 MF 578 8972 REMACLEAN HM-U7 MF 578 8973 REMACLEAN HM-U7 MF 578 8974 REMACLEAN HM-U7 MF 578 8975 REMACLEAN HM-U7 MF Designation Belt width 400 mm 500 mm 650 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 400 mm 500 mm 650 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 800 mm 800 mm
93
Conveying
REMACLEAN HM-U8
Designed for belt speeds up to 4.0 m/s Heavy-duty design for demanding applications MF (Mechanical Fasteners): With special impact-proof hard metal scrapers for use where mechanical connections are used V-quality: for underground use (ATEX-suitable) Ref. No. 578 9310 REMACLEAN HM-U8 578 9311 REMACLEAN HM-U8 578 9312 REMACLEAN HM-U8 578 9313 REMACLEAN HM-U8 578 9314 REMACLEAN HM-U8 578 9315 REMACLEAN HM-U8 578 9316 REMACLEAN HM-U8 578 8980 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF 578 8981 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF 578 8982 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF 578 8983 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF 578 8984 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF 578 8985 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF 578 9450 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF, in V quality 578 9451 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF, in V quality 578 9452 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF, in V quality 578 9453 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF, in V quality 578 9454 REMACLEAN HM-U8 MF, in V quality Designation Belt width 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 1 600 mm 1 800 mm 2 000 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 1 600 mm 1 800 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 1 600 mm 800 mm 800 mm 800 mm
94
Conveying
Wear parts REMACLEAN HM-U7 / HM-U8

Ref. No. 578 9441 Blade SP-U7/U8-205 Only round bar with hard metal blade. Designation 210 mm 210 mm 235 mm 235 mm 210 mm 210 mm 230 mm 235 mm 210 mm 235 mm Length
578 9440 Segment SEG+SP-U7/U8-205 With hard metal blade and red polyurethane base, industrial version. 578 9442 Blade SP-U7/U8-230 Only round bar with hard metal blade.
578 9443 Segment SEG+SP-U7/U8-230 With hard metal blade and red polyurethane base, industrial version. 578 9460 Blade SP-U7/U8-205 MF Only round bar with impact-proof metal blade.
578 9470 Segment SEG+SP-U7/U8-205 V MF With impact-proof metal blade and black polyurethane base, ATEX version. 578 9480 Blade SP-U7/U8-230 MF Only round bar with impact-proof hard metal blade. 578 9490 Segment SEG+SP-U7/U8-230 V MF With impact-proof hard metal blade and black polyurethane base, ATEX version. 578 9540 Segment SEG+SP-U7/U8-205 MF With impact-proof hard metal blade and red polyurethane base, industrial version. 578 9550 Segment SEG+SP-U7/U8-230 MF With impact-proof hard metal blade and red polyurethane base, industrial version.
Type MF
Type MF
Type MF
95
Conveying
Accessories - REMACLEAN HM-U7/HM-U8

578 9660 Off-set arm U7/U8-380 Ref. No. Designation Content
578 9670 Mounting bracket for HM-U7/HM-U8 Hot-dip galvanized with screws 578 8300 Tension unit for HM-U8 578 8290 Tension unit for HM-U7
578 8160 System support bar for HM-U7/U8 and PUR F5 For belt width 400 mm. 578 8170 System support bar for HM-U7/U8 and PUR F5 For belt width 500 mm. 578 8180 System support bar for HM-U7/U8 and PUR F5 For belt width 650 mm. 578 8190 System support bar for HM-U7/U8 and PUR F5 For belt width 800 mm. 578 8200 System support bar for HM-U7/U8 and PUR F5 For belt width 1 000 mm. 578 8210 System support bar for HM-U7/U8 and PUR F5 For belt width 1 200 mm. 578 8220 System support bar for HM-U7/U8 and PUR F5 For belt width 1 400 mm. 578 8230 System support bar for HM-U7/U8 and PUR F5 For belt width 1 600 mm. 578 8240 System support bar for HM-U7/U8 and PUR F5 For belt width 1 800 mm. 578 8250 System support bar for HM-U7/U8 and PUR F5 For belt width 2 000 mm.
1 pair
1 pair
578 9660
578 9670
578 8290
578 8300
96
Conveying
REMACLEAN Belt Cleaning Brushes
REMACLEAN GRB
Properties: Belt Cleaning Brush Highly flexible and gentle to belts Self-cleaning Area of application: Fine and powdery, slightly sticky material Installation behind a primary scraper (e.g. KWA) is recommended
REMACLEAN GRB
Electric motor: Speed: 1000 rpm Voltage: 230V/380V Protection Category: B3, IP55 Motor capacity BB 400 - 500: 0.55 kW Motor capacity BB 600 - 1 000: 0.75 kW Motor capacity BB 1 200 - 1 600: 1.1 kW Motor capacity BB 1 800 - 2 000: 1.5 kW Models with V rubber bristles (self-extinguishing, moderately oil and grease resistant) as well as in FOOD, WHITE (food quality) on request. Ref. No. 578 5007 REMACLEAN GRB 578 5014 REMACLEAN GRB 578 5021 REMACLEAN GRB 578 5038 REMACLEAN GRB 578 5045 REMACLEAN GRB 578 5052 REMACLEAN GRB 578 5069 REMACLEAN GRB 578 5076 REMACLEAN GRB 578 5083 REMACLEAN GRB 578 5090 REMACLEAN GRB Designation Belt width 400 mm 500 mm 650 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 1 600 mm 1 800 mm 2 000 mm 800 mm
97
Conveying
Spare cleaning brush

On a metal tube; standard rubber bristles Belt cleaning brushes with food-quality or self-extinguishing bristles available on request. GRB brushes for food-quality and ATEX available on request. Ref. No. 578 4400 Spare cleaning brush 578 4417 Spare cleaning brush 578 4424 Spare cleaning brush 578 4431 Spare cleaning brush 578 4448 Spare cleaning brush 578 4455 Spare cleaning brush 578 4462 Spare cleaning brush 578 4479 Spare cleaning brush 578 4486 Spare cleaning brush 578 4493 Spare cleaning brush Designation Belt width 400 mm 500 mm 650 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 1 600 mm 1 800 mm 2 000 mm 800 mm
Rubber bristles
Size 745 x 297 mm (297 = circumference of metal tube + 1 mm glue joint). 529 7100 Rubber bristles, Standard Ref. No. Designation black white Colour 48 Shore A Hardness
527 2723 Rubber bristles FOOD WHITE, Food quality
40 Shore A
527 2716 Rubber bristles V Self-extinguishing, moderately oil and grease resistant
black
62 Shore A
98
Conveying
REMACLEAN TMB
Properties: Belt cleaning brush with integrated drum motor. Area of application: For dry or slightly moist bulk material applications Belt cleaning system with interior motor for easy installation Pivoting mechanism allows optimal alignment even in hard to reach places Can sustain ambient temperatures of up to 80 C
REMACLEAN TMB
Drum motor: 230 - 400 V, 50 Hz (other models on request) Motor capacity BB 400 - 900: 0.75 kW Motor capacity BB 1 000 - 1 400: 1.5 kW Perform electrical installation with protective motor switch Ref. No. 578 0590 REMACLEAN TMB 578 0600 REMACLEAN TMB 578 4802 REMACLEAN TMB 578 0617 REMACLEAN TMB 578 0631 REMACLEAN TMB 578 0648 REMACLEAN TMB 578 0916 REMACLEAN TMB Designation Belt width 400 mm 500 mm 650 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 800 mm REMACLEAN TMB
Spare TMB parts, brush set

For belt widths up to 800 mm. Standard bristles, 300 mm. Ref. No. 578 0810 Brush set 578 0827 Brush set 578 0834 Brush set 578 0841 Brush set Designation Belt width 400 mm 500 mm 650 mm 800 mm
Individual brush segment

Width 100 mm. Standard bristles 325 mm. Ref. No. 578 0906 TMB Individual brush segment Designation
Locking ring for brush set

For belt widths up to 900 mm. Ref. No. 578 0889 Locking ring Designation
99
Conveying
Spare parts TMB, brush set

For belt widths 1 000 mm and above. Standard bristles 325 mm. Ref. No. 578 0865 Brush set 578 0872 Brush set 578 0899 Brush set Designation Belt width 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm
REMACLEAN SGB
Properties: Belt Cleaning Brush Area of application: Cleaning of incline conveyors, especially for chevron conveyor belts up to 24 mm height
REMACLEAN SGB
REMALINE rubber (Hardness: 64 Shore A (ISO 868-2003)- Abrasion: 50 mm (DIN ISO 4649-2006)) Electric motor 230 / 400 V, 50 Hz (other models on request) Type of protection: IP 55 (other types on request) Perform electrical installation with protective motor switch Motor capacity BB 400 - 800: 1.1 kW Motor capacity BB 900 -1 050: 1.5 kW Motor capacity BB 1 200 - 1 400:2.2 kW Turns counter to belt running direction Up to 2.5 m/s conveyor belt speed Ref. No. 578 0655 REMACLEAN SGB 578 0662 REMACLEAN SGB 578 0679 REMACLEAN SGB 578 0686 REMACLEAN SGB 578 0703 REMACLEAN SGB 578 0710 REMACLEAN SGB 578 0727 REMACLEAN SGB Designation Belt width 400 mm 500 mm 650 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 800 mm
Spare cleaning brush for SGB

Ref. No. 578 0734 Spare cleaning brush 578 0741 Spare cleaning brush 578 0758 Spare cleaning brush 578 0765 Spare cleaning brush 578 0789 Spare cleaning brush 578 0796 Spare cleaning brush 578 0803 Spare cleaning brush Designation Belt width 400 mm 500 mm 650 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 800 mm
100
Conveying
REMACLEAN Belt Return Side Scraper
REMACLEAN IGP - Plough Scraper

Properties: V-Plough scraper system for return side applications at the running side to protect the pulley from material Frame with integrated idlers and scraper plough (rubber bar made of REMACLEAN CAB) The frame construction levels off the belt and thus guarantees optimum alignment of the scraper and ensures efficient cleaning The required contact pressure is created by the weight of the system An auxiliary wheel mounted on the scraper prevents contact of the steel frame with the belt surface after the rubber bar is worn out All steel parts are coated with COROPUR (red) REMACLEAN RB-IGP can be delivered in industrial quality and LOBA (self-extinguishing) quality for underground applications.
REMACLEAN RB-IGP
Ref. No. 578 1300 REMACLEAN RB-IGP 578 1310 REMACLEAN RB-IGP 578 1320 REMACLEAN RB-IGP 578 1330 REMACLEAN RB-IGP 578 1340 REMACLEAN RB-IGP 578 1350 REMACLEAN RB-IGP 578 1360 REMACLEAN RB-IGP Designation Belt width 500 mm 650 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 1 600 mm 800 mm
REMACLEAN RB-IGP V
Ref. No. Designation
Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil resistant LOBA quality for underground applications. 578 1301 REMACLEAN RB-IGP V 578 1311 REMACLEAN RB-IGP V 578 1321 REMACLEAN RB-IGP V 578 1331 REMACLEAN RB-IGP V 578 1341 REMACLEAN RB-IGP V 578 1351 REMACLEAN RB-IGP V 578 1361 REMACLEAN RB-IGP V Belt width 500 mm 650 mm 1 000 mm 1 200 mm 1 400 mm 1 600 mm 800 mm
101
Conveying
REMACLEAN Belt Return Side Scraper
REMACLEAN RB-IGD - Diagonal Scraper

Properties: Diagonal scraper for return side applications at the running side to protect the pulley from material A scraper rubber made of REMACLEAN CAB is mounted in the frame The required contact pressure is achieved by the spindle-type tension unit Very easy installation, adjustment and maintenance of the system All steel parts are coated with COROPUR and pasinted red Available for underground applications (ATEX)
REMACLEAN RB-IGD
Ref. No. 578 1370 REMACLEAN RB-IGD 578 1380 REMACLEAN RB-IGD 578 1390 REMACLEAN RB-IGD 578 1400 REMACLEAN RB-IGD 578 1410 REMACLEAN RB-IGD 578 1420 REMACLEAN RB-IGD 578 1430 REMACLEAN RB-IGD 578 1440 REMACLEAN RB-IGD Designation Belt width 400 mm 500 mm 650 mm 1000 mm 1200 mm 1400 mm 1600 mm 800 mm
REMACLEAN RB-IGD V
LOBA quality for underground applications. Ref. No. 578 1371 REMACLEAN RB-IGD V 578 1381 REMACLEAN RB-IGD V 578 1391 REMACLEAN RB-IGD V 578 1401 REMACLEAN RB-IGD V 578 1411 REMACLEAN RB-IGD V 578 1421 REMACLEAN RB-IGD V 578 1431 REMACLEAN RB-IGD V 578 1441 REMACLEAN RB-IGD V Designation Belt width 400 mm 500 mm 650 mm 1000 mm 1200 mm 1400 mm 1600 mm 800 mm
102
Wear protection Conveying
A B C D E F G H
103-114
REMABOND Adhesive Systems REMAFIX filler and repair pastes Self-vulcanising repair systems 104-110 111-112 113-114
Bonding systems Conveyor maintenance Coating systems Rubber lining for corrosion protection Tools Appendix
103
Bonding systems
REMABOND Adhesive Systems
Cement SC Series
Properties: REMA TIP TOP bonding systems are easy to use and guarantee reliable, strong bonds. The two-component adhesive systems are used with 4 % hardener and display outstanding contact bonding properties. For conveyor belt splices and repairs, Cement SC series adhesives offer optimized time windows for contact bonding and long pot life. Carefully matched raw materials, consistent production and a high standard of quality for the packaging results in long shelf-life. Area of application: Two-component adhesive for reliable rubber-rubber, rubber-fabric, rubbermetal and fabric-fabric bonding, may be used in corrosion and wear protection applications as well as for conveyor belt applications.
Cement SC 4000
CFC-free High initial adhesion strength. Pot life of 2 hours. Processed with 4% E 40 Hardener (30 g per 0.7 kg). 525 2509 Cement SC 4000 Ref. No. Designation green Colour 0.7 kg Content Qty 10 1 1
525 1067 Hardener E 40
525 2704 Cement SC 4000
525 2633 Cement SC 4000
525 2657 Cement SC 4000
525 2619 Cement SC 4000
525 2602 Cement SC 4000
525 2592 Cement SC 4000
525 2530 Cement SC 4000
525 2516 Cement SC 4000
white
black
black
black
black
black
green
green
30 g
15 g
0.7 kg
190 kg
9 kg
4.5 kg
0.7 kg
0.35 kg
190 kg
4.5 kg
10 1 1
20
525 2516
10
10
10
525 2592
525 2602 525 1122
525 1067
104
Bonding systems
Cement SC 2000
Non-Flammable
Non-Flammable. High initial adhesion strength. Pot life of 2 hours. Processed with 4% UT-R 20 Hardener (40 g per 1 kg). Approval: German underground approval: Bez.-Reg. Arnsberg No.: E 84.12.22.41-3-36 for up to 1 kg SC 2000 German underground approval: Bez.-Reg. Arnsberg N0.: E 84.12.22.67-1-25 for Hardener UT-R 20 Polish underground approval: Glwny Instytut Grnictwa, CERTYFIKAT-No. B/1304/II/2008 for SC 2000 + Hardener UT-R 20 USA - FDA compliance for SC 2000 white: US FDA Regulation No. 21, 175.105 Indirect Food Additives: Adhesives 525 2029 Cement SC 2000 Ref. No. Designation green Colour 1 kg Content Qty 10 1 1
525 2029
525 1043 Hardener UT-R 20
525 2247 Cement SC 2000
525 2191 Cement SC 2000
525 4034 Cement SC 2000
525 4027 Cement SC 2000
525 2161 Cement SC 2000
525 2160 Cement SC 2000
525 2153 Cement SC 2000
525 2050 Cement SC 2000
525 4003 Cement SC 2000
white
black
black
black
black
black
black
green
green
40 g
20 g
1 kg
290 kg
12 kg
6 kg
1 kg
1 kg
0.5 kg
290 kg
6 kg
525 2153
20 10 1 1 10
525 1036
10
10
10
525 1043
105
Bonding systems
Cement BC Series
Properties: REMA TIP TOP bonding systems are easy to use and guarantee reliable, strong bonds. The two-component adhesive systems are used with 4 % hardener and display outstanding contact bonding properties. The Cement BC series offers especially long open time and a pot life of up to 6 hours for large-area corrosion and abrasion protection applications. Carefully matched raw materials, consistent production and a high standard of quality for the packaging results in long shelf-life. Area of application: Two-component adhesive for reliable rubber-rubber, rubber-metal and rubber concrete bonding, for use in corrosion and wear protection applications.
Cement BC 3004
CFC-free Long open contact adhesion time - especially for large-area corrosion protection linings. Long curing time. Not suitable for repairing and splicing conveyor belts or for bonding that requires high initial adhesion strength. Processed with 4% E 40 hardener (40 g per 1 kg). 525 4088 Cement BC 3004 Ref. No. Designation blue Colour 0.7 kg Content Qty 10 1 1 1 1 525 4088
525 4105 Cement BC 3004
525 4130 Cement BC 3004
525 4143 Cement BC 3004
525 4095 Cement BC 3004
blue
blue
blue
blue
30 g
190 kg
18 kg
9 kg
4.5 kg
10
525 1067
Cement BC 3000
Nonflammable Long open contact adhesion time - especially for large-area corrosion protection linings. Long curing time. Not suitable for repairing and splicing conveyor belts or for bonding that requires high initial adhesion strength. Processed with 4% UT-R 20 hardener (40 g per 1 kg). 525 2469 Cement BC 3000 Ref. No. Designation blue Colour 1 kg Content Qty 10 1 10 1 1
525 2490 Cement BC 3000
525 4072 Cement BC 3000
525 4065 Cement BC 3000
blue
blue
blue
40 g
290 kg
12 kg
6 kg
525 2469
525 1043
106
Bonding systems
Cement PC Series
Properties: Thiese transparent two-component adhesives are processed with 4% hardener. Both adhesives feature high contact adhesion and a pot life of 2 hours. Area of application: Two-component adhesive for repairing and splicing of PVC belts, for repairing soft PVC items and bonding of polyurethane materials.
Plastic Cement PC-4

CFC-free Processed with 4% Hardener E 40 (15 g per 350 kg). 532 0352 Plastic Cement PC-4 Ref. No. Designation Colour transparent Content 9 kg 350 g Qty 20 1 532 0352
532 0369 Plastic Cement PC-4
transparent
30 g
15 g
10
10
Plastic Cement
Nonflammable Processed with 4% Hardener UT-R 20 (40 g per 1 kg). Approvals: German underground approval: Bez.-Reg. Arnsberg No.: E 84.12.22.41-3-36 for Plastic Cement up to 0.5 kg German underground approval: Bez.-Reg. Arnsberg No.: E 84.12.22.67-1-25 for Hardener UTR-R 20 532 3271 Plastic Cement Ref. No. Designation transparent Colour Content 12 kg 0.5 kg Qty 20 1 532 3271
525 1122
532 3312 Plastic Cement
transparent
40 g
20 g
10
10
525 1036
107
Bonding systems Metal Primer
Properties: REMA TIP TOP metal primer is used to promote adhesion of elastomer-metal bonds. Primer improves the adhesion strength. Primers and adhesives that are designed to work together produce a bonding system with superior stability.
Aside from excellent adhesion of rubber-metal, the primers offer additional temporary corrosion protection for the prepared steel surfaces with low consumption of materials and easy application.
Area of application: REMA TIP TOP metal primers are used to pretreat metal surfaces. Use of the primer promotes the bonding strength and temperature stability of rubbermetal bonds, and guarantees reliability of the bond with high dynamic and static strength.
Metal primer
For pre-treatment of metal surfaces prior to rubber-metal bonding. Ref. No. 525 2406 Metal Primer PR 200, CFC-free for Cement SC 2000/BC 3000/SC 4000 Designation Colour gray gray red red red red 750 g 9 kg 1 kg 13 kg 750 g 10 kg Content Qty 10 1 10 1 10 1 525 2414 525 2406
525 2451 Metal Primer PR 200, CFC-free for Cement SC 2000/BC 3000/SC 4000 525 2414 Metal Primer PR 300, Nonflammable for Cement SC 2000/BC 3000
593 0877 Metal Primer PR 300, Nonflammable for Cement SC 2000/BC 3000 525 4112 Metal Primer PR 304, CFC-free for Cement BC 3004
525 4150 Metal Primer PR 304, CFC-free for Cement BC 3004
525 4112
108
Bonding systems Cleaning fluid
Properties: REMA TIP TOP cleaning fluids are excellent for removing oil and grease. They are used for accurate degreasing to prepare surfaces for bonding or coating.
Area of application: REMA TIP TOP cleaning fluid can be used universally. It has proven highly effective for cleaning metal surfaces subsequent to blasting or grinding. REMA TIP TOP cleaning fluid provides clean surfaces (free of dust, oil and grease).
TT Cleaning Fluid R4
CFC-free Removes oil and grease from surfaces and cleans used brushes (i.e. CFC-free adhesives, vulcanizing and heating solutions). Can be used as spray for precise cleaning of small areas. 595 9118 TT Cleaning Fluid R4 Ref. No. Designation 250 ml Content Qty 10 12 1 25 595 9118
595 9149 TT Cleaning Fluid R4
500 ml spray
5l
800 ml
TT Cleaning Fluid CE
CFC-free Versatile for use with CFC-free adhesive systems and primers. 595 9163 TT Cleaning Fluid CE Ref. No. Designation 10 l Content Qty 1
595 9149
595 9125
595 9163
TT Cleaning Fluid
Nonflammable Removes oil and grease from surfaces and cleans used brushes (i.e. CFC-containing adhesives, vulcanizing and heating solutions). 595 9078 TT Cleaning Fluid Ref. No. Designation 250 ml Content Qty 10 1 1 25
595 9092 TT Cleaning Fluid
10 l
5l
800 ml
595 9078
595 9023
109
Bonding systems Accessories
LIQUID NEOPRENE Conveyor Belt Protection Fluid

Protects rubber surfaces, prevents cracks caused by ozone and sun radiation and seals exposed fabric against moisture. Reconditions rubber surfaces. Approval: German underground approval: Bez.-Reg. Arnsberg No.: E 84.12.22.41-3-36 for max. 1 kg Ref. No. Designation Content Qty 1 593 5030
593 5030 LIQUID NEOPRENE
6 kg
CN Reconditioner
Nonflammable For reactivation and cleaning of CN bonding layers (lightly ground if necessary, particularly for aged CN bonding layers or incorrectly stored products with CN bonding layer). 525 0681 CN Reconditioner Ref. No. Designation 0.5 kg Content Qty 20 1 525 0681
525 0739 CN Reconditioner
6 kg
Measuring Cup
For dosing adhesives, heating solutions, hardeners, etc. Ref. No. 595 8597 Measuring Cup, 180 ml, plastic Designation 595 8597
Measuring Bucket
For dosing adhesives, heating solutions, hardeners, etc. Ref. No. 595 8580 Measuring Bucket, 1 l Designation
595 8573 Lid for bucket, 1 l (595 8580)
Filling Device for Drums

Filling device for 200 l drum with 2 inch bunghole. Ref. No. 525 8871 Filling Device Designation
110
Bonding systems REMAFIX L
REMAFIX filler and repair pastes
Filler paste for steel and concrete surfaces

REMAFIX L (previously CHEMOKITT L) is an electrically conductive, reaction hardening, solvent-free two-component synthetic resin product based on an epoxy resin. REMAFIX L repair pastes are used to refurbish steel or concrete subsurfaces that are subsequently lined. REMAFIX L repair pastes can be used to smooth out surface unevenness, such as grooves, troughs and cracks. Thanks to the conductive properties, a high-voltage test of the lining in accordance with DIN EN 14879-4 is possible. 528 7055 REMAFIX L Set, 2 x 0.5 kg Ref. No. Designation Content 5 kg 1 kg
528 7070 REMAFIX L - B
528 7060 REMAFIX L - A
5 kg
REMAFIX H
Repair paste for hard-rubber lining
REMAFIX H Set (previously CHEMONIT REPAIR KIT A+B) is a reactionhardening, solvent-free material in paste form for the repair of small damaged areas such as pores and cracks in hard-rubber lining. REMAFIX H Set is also used as an adhesive paste for applying vulcanised hard rubber plates to flange surfaces. 525 0563 REMAFIX H Set, 2 x 0.5 kg Ref. No. Designation Content 1 kg
111
Bonding systems REMAFIX S
REMAFIX filler and repair pastes
Repair paste for soft-rubber lining

REMAFIX S (previously REMA TIP TOP soft rubber kit) is a solvent-free, elastic repair kit on a polymer base of a modified poly-butadiene rubber (BR). REMAFIX S in combination with REMAFIX PR-100 bonding primer displays outstanding adhesion to various substrates, such as steel, soft rubber lining, hard rubber lining, graphite components and acid-proof ceramic. The outstanding properties are good chemical resistance to non-oxidising mineral acids, bases, aqueous liqours, and especially the good resistance to media that feature high content of solids. 525 2901 REMAFIX PR 100 Ref. No. Designation Colour black Content 0.5 kg 250 g
525 2891 REMAFIX Hardener 3
525 2835 REMAFIX S
525 2877 REMAFIX S
525 2853 REMAFIX S
gray
brown
0.5 kg 25 g
0.5 kg
112
Bonding systems Hardening paste

Hardening paste
Self-vulcanising repair systems
Filler for small flaws or damaged areas on rubber components. Processed with Cement SC 2000. 525 0643 Hardening paste Ref. No. Designation 1 kg Content Qty 10
525 0643
Vulc-Compound A + B
Vulc-Compound package A + B
Free of CFCs and aromatics Two-component repair compound. Filler for small flaws and damaged areas in rubber components. Ref. No. 516 9087 Vulc-Compound package A + B Contents: - 1 Vulc-Compound A, 650 g - 1 Vulc-Compound B, 650 g 1 Special Cement BL, 225 g Designation
516 9087
REMA GOO
REMA GOO
REMA GOO is a special developed two-component polyurethane repair paste. Temporary repairs of small and medium damage of conveyor belts can be executed easily and fast. With REMA GOO your plant keeps running and unplanned shutdowns are reduced to a minimum.(Note: The curing time of the repair paste depends on the ambient temperature) 525 3120 REMA GOO Manual Application Gun 525 3110 REMA GOO Mixer Tip Ref. No. Designation Content 350 ml Qty 1 1
525 3100 REMA GOO cartridge incl. 3 mixing nozzles
12
113
Bonding systems T2 repair system
Self-vulcanising repair systems
Properties: For repair of damages in belt covers or damages to rubber components; based on NR/SBR/IR/BR or blends of these elastomers (such as NR/IR)
For filling of gaps and joints in rubber lining and lagging For filling of V-shaped gaps in pulley lagging Application with Compound Master 517 7323
T2 products
Ref. No. Designation Thickness 3 mm Dimensions (W x L) 20 x 5 500 mm Content 5 rolls 5 rolls 5 rolls 6 kg 6 kg 6 kg 700 g 700 g 1 kg 1 kg 10 10 10 10 Qty
517 7323 T2 compound A, ca. 2 kg 517 7330 T2 compound B, ca. 2 kg
517 7330
3 mm 3 mm
517 7402 T2 cleaning rubber, ca. 1 kg 517 7300 T2 compound A, Rope 517 7310 T2 compound B, Rope
20 x 5 500 mm
18 x 3 000 mm
517 7420 T2 cleaning rubber, Rope
517 7379 T2 solution B, non-inflammable
517 7362 T2 solution A, non-inflammable
517 9015 T2 solution B4, Free of CFCs and aromatics
517 9008 T2 solution A4, Free of CFCs and aromatics
517 7300
517 9015 517 9008
517 7379 517 7362
Compound Master
For application of T2 Compound A+B. 517 5150 Compound Master 517 5160 Compound Master Ref. No. Designation Electrical connection 230 V / 1 600 W 115 V / 1 600 W
517 5150
114
Wear protection Conveying Bonding systems
A B C D E F G H
115-146
Cold splicing and repair products WK splicing and repair products Hot splicing and repair products Vulcanising presses REMAPRESS for hot vulcanising Cleats and corrugated edges REMACLIP Mechanical belt splicing systems 116-121 122-123 124-129 130-132 133 134-146
Conveyor maintenance Coating systems Rubber lining for corrosion protection Tools Appendix
115
Conveyor maintenance
Cold splicing and repair products

Filler rubber
With CN bonding layer on both sides. 528 5208 Filler rubber 528 5181 Filler rubber 528 5198 Filler rubber 528 5325 Filler rubber 528 5497 Filler rubber Ref. No. Designation Dimensions 500 x 10 000 mm 50 x 10 000 mm 50 x 10 000 mm 500 x 10 000 mm 500 x 10 000 mm Thickness 0.5 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm 3.0 mm 3.0 mm Filler rubber
Filler rubber V
Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil resistance With CN bonding layer on both sides. German underground approval: LOBA NW No.: 18.43.21-63-6 528 5693 Filler rubber V Ref. No. Designation 500 x 10 000 mm 500 x 10 000 mm Dimensions Thickness 1.5 mm 3.0 mm
528 5758 Filler rubber V
Cover strip
For cold splices on carrying and pulley side. Ref. No. 532 7025 Cover strip Designation Dimensions 100 x 10 000 mm Thickness 1.5 mm 1.5 mm
532 8024 Cover strip V German underground approval: LOBA NW No.: 18.43.21-63-6
100 x 10 000 mm
Cover strip
Repair fabric EP 100

With CN bonding layer on both sides. 522 0500 Repair fabric EP 100 Ref. No. Designation Dimensions 500 x 1 000 mm Thickness 1.8 mm
522 0751 Repair fabric EP 100
500 x 10 000 mm
1.8 mm
Repair fabric EP 100
116
Rubber sheeting
With CN bonding layer on one side for the repair of damaged belt covers. Ref. No. 522 0201 Rubber sheeting 522 0218 Rubber sheeting 522 0225 Rubber sheeting 522 0232 Rubber sheeting 522 0249 Rubber sheeting 522 0256 Rubber sheeting Designation Dimensions 500 x 10 000 mm 500 x 10 000 mm 500 x 10 000 mm 500 x 10 000 mm 500 x 10 000 mm 500 x 10 000 mm Thickness 1.0 mm 1.5 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 4.0 mm 5.0 mm
Rubber sheeting V
Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil resistance With CN bonding layer on one side for the repair of damaged belt covers. German underground approval: LOBA NW No.: 18.43.21-63-6 Ref. No. 522 1808 Rubber sheeting V Designation Dimensions 500 x 10 000 mm Thickness 1.0 mm 1.5 mm 2.0 mm 3.0 mm 4.0 mm 5.0 mm
522 1815 Rubber sheeting V 522 1822 Rubber sheeting V 522 1839 Rubber sheeting V 522 1846 Rubber sheeting V 522 1853 Rubber sheeting V
Round patches
For the repair of small damaged areas in belt covers. Ref. No. 530 7052 Round patch, Size 0 Designation 50 mm Dimensions 2 mm Thickness Qty 10 10 10 Round patch
530 7083 Round patch, Size 1 530 7124 Round patch, Size 3
80 mm
120 mm
2.5 mm 3.3 mm
Round patches V
Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil resistance For the repair of small damaged areas in belt covers. German underground approval: LOBA NW No.: 18.43.21-63-6 Ref. No. 530 8051 Round patch V, Size 0 Designation 50 mm Dimensions 2 mm Thickness Qty 10 10 10
530 8082 Round patch V, Size 1 530 8123 Round patch V, Size 3
80 mm
120 mm
2.5 mm
3.3 mm
117
Rhomboid patches
For the repair of large damaged areas in belt covers. Ref. No. 530 7519 Rhomboid patch, Size 1 Designation 160 x 130 mm Dimensions Thickness 2.4 mm 2.4 mm Qty 5 5
530 7533 Rhomboid patch, Size 3
530 7526 Rhomboid patch, Size 2
360 x 270 mm
260 x 200 mm
2.4 mm
Rhomboid patches
Rhomboid patches V
Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil resistance For the repair of large damaged areas in belt covers. German underground approval: LOBA NW No.: 18.43.21-63-6 Ref. No. 530 8518 Rhomboid patch V, Size 1 530 8525 Rhomboid patch V, Size 2 530 8532 Rhomboid patch V, Size 3 Designation 160 x 130 mm 260 x 200 mm 360 x 270 mm Dimensions Thickness 2.4 mm 2.4 mm 2.4 mm Qty 5 5 5
Rhomboid patches EP 160, fabric reinforced

For the repair of perforations and ply damage. Ref. No. 530 5511 Rhomboid patch EP 160, Size 1 For repairs up to 15 mm. 530 5528 Rhomboid patch EP 160, Size 2 For repairs up to 40 mm. 530 5535 Rhomboid patch EP 160, Size 3 For repairs up to 60 mm. Designation Dimensions 160 x 130 mm 260 x 200 mm 360 x 270 mm Thickness 3.8 mm 3.8 mm 3.8 mm Qty 5 5 5
Rhomboid patches
Rhomboid patches EP 160 V, fabric reinforced

Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil resistance For the repair of perforations and ply damage. German underground approval: LOBA NW No.: 18.43.21-63-6 Ref. No. 530 9517 Rhomboid patch EP 160 V, Size 1 For repairs up to 15 mm. 530 9524 Rhomboid patch EP 160 V, Size 2 For repairs up to 40 mm. 530 9531 Rhomboid patch EP 160 V, Size 3 For repairs up to 60 mm. Designation Dimensions 160 x 130 mm 260 x 200 mm 360 x 270 mm Thickness 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 3.2 mm Qty 5 5 5
118
Rectangular patches
For the repair of damaged belt covers. 531 7066 Rectangular patch Ref. No. Designation 50 x 1 100 mm Dimensions 1.5 mm Thickness Qty 10 30
531 7547 Rectangular patch
400 x 1 100 mm
300 x 1 100 mm
300 x 500 mm
220 x 1 100 mm
220 x 320 mm
150 x 1 100 mm
100 x 1 100 mm
100 x 240 mm
3.0 mm
3.0 mm
3.0 mm
2.8 mm
2.8 mm
2.8 mm
1.8 mm
1.8 mm
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Rectangular patches WHITE FOOD

For the repair of damaged belt covers. 521 3067 Rectangular patch WHITE FOOD Ref. No. Designation 50 x 1 100 mm 100 x 1 100 mm Dimensions 1.5 mm 1.8 mm Thickness Qty 30
521 3191 Rectangular patch WHITE FOOD
10
Rectangular patches EP 160, fabric reinforced

For the repair of perforations and ply damage. 531 5109 Rectangular patch EP 160 Ref. No. Designation 100 x 240 mm Dimensions 3.2 mm Thickness Qty 10 10
531 5549 Rectangular patch EP 160
400 x 1 100 mm
300 x 1 100 mm
220 x 320 mm
150 x 1 100 mm
100 x 1 100 mm
4.4 mm
4.4 mm
4.2 mm
4.2 mm
3.2 mm
10
10
10
10
119
Repair strip
For the repair of longitudinal belt cover damage. Ref. No. 531 7705 Repair strip Designation Dimensions 35 x 10 000 mm Thickness 1.7 mm 1.7 mm Repair strip
531 7798 Repair strip
400 x 10 000 mm
300 x 10 000 mm
220 x 10 000 mm
150 x 10 000 mm
100 x 10 000 mm
70 x 10 000 mm
50 x 10 000 mm
3.4 mm
3.4 mm
3.2 mm
3.2 mm
2.2 mm
2.2 mm
Repair strip V
Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil resistance For the repair of longitudinal belt cover damage. German underground approval: LOBA NW No.: 18.43.21-63-6 Ref. No. 531 8711 Repair strip V Designation Dimensions 50 x 10 000 mm Thickness 2.2 mm 1.7 mm
531 8797 Repair strip V
400 x 10 000 mm
300 x 10 000 mm
220 x 10 000 mm
150 x 10 000 mm
100 x 10 000 mm
70 x 10 000 mm
3.4 mm
3.4 mm
3.2 mm
3.2 mm
2.2 mm
120
Repair strip EP 160, fabric reinforced

For the repair of longitudinal tears in fabric ply and steelcord belts. Ref. No. 531 5738 Repair strip EP 160 Designation Dimensions 100 x 10 000 mm Thickness 4.6 mm 3.6 mm Repair strip
531 5790 Repair strip EP 160
400 x 10 000 mm
300 x 10 000 mm
220 x 10 000 mm
150 x 10 000 mm
4.8 mm
4.8 mm
4.6 mm
Repair strip EP 160 V, fabric reinforced

Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil resistance For the repair of longitudinal tears in fabric ply and steelcord belts. German underground approval: LOBA NW No.: 18.43.21-63-6 Ref. No. 531 6737 Repair strip EP 160 V Designation Dimensions 100 x 10 000 mm Thickness 4 mm 3 mm
531 6751 Repair strip EP 160 V
531 6744 Repair strip EP 160 V
220 x 10 000 mm
150 x 10 000 mm
4 mm
121
WK splicing and repair products

WK intermediate rubber (tie gum)
Red protection foil (poly). Ref. No. 527 0529 WK intermediate rubber (tie gum) Designation Dimensions 500 x 10 000 mm Thickness 0.8 mm
WK cover rubber (cover stock)

Red protection foil (poly). Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Tear resistance Tear elongation Tear-growth resistance Ref. No. Designation [DE] IR/BR 1.10 g/cm 67 Shore A 44% 26 MPa 500% 15 N/mm DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) ISO 34-1-2004 Method A Dimensions 500 x 5 000 mm Thickness 2 mm
527 0536 WK cover rubber (cover stock)
WK-4 heating solution

CFC-free Processed with 4% hardener E 40 (15 g per 350 g). 527 0608 Heating solution WK-4 Ref. No. Designation 350 g Content Qty 10 20 527 0608 525 1122
15 g
WK heating solution
Non-flammable Processed with 4% hardener UT-R 20 (20 g per 0.5 kg). 527 0544 WK heating solution Ref. No. Designation 0.5 kg Content Qty 20 1
527 0575 WK heating solution
20 g
6 kg
10
527 0544 525 1036
122
WK vulcanising press
For safe and cost-efficient splicing of fabric-reinforced conveyor belts of low or medium strength class up to EP 1250/5 (multiple vulcanizing cycles). Ref. No. 595 3138 WK vulcanising press 800 230 V, with pressure compensation pad For belt widths up to 800 mm. Designation
595 3145 WK vulcanising press 1 200 230 V, with pressure compensation pad For belt widths up to 1 200 mm. 595 3152 Pressure compensation pad 800 595 3183 Torque wrench 595 3169 Pressure compensation pad 1 200 527 0550 Silicone paper, 25 m roll
595 3138
Tension Unit REMAPRESS PBP

REMAPRESS PBP (Pneumatic Belt Press) is the first tension unit in the world especially designed for use in the cold bonding of fabric-ply belts (from a strength class of EP 1000/5 upwards or a covering ratio from 10:4 on). For fabric-ply belts up to 2 200 mm width Extremely robust pressure cushion Includes mobile compressor Operating voltage 220 Volt 595 3310 Tension Unit REMAPRESS PBP 595 3320 Tension Unit REMAPRESS PBP 595 3330 Tension Unit REMAPRESS PBP Ref. No. Designation For belt width 1 400 mm 1 800 mm 2 200 mm
595 3183
Tension Unit REMAPRESS PBP
123
Hot splicing and repair products
For conveyor belts with fabric plies

Cover rubber, uncured (cover stock)
Weight 10 kg. Green protection foil (poly). Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Electric resistance Tear resistance Tear elongation Tear-growth resistance Ref. No. 538 0062 Cover rubber 538 0000 Cover rubber 538 0017 Cover rubber 538 0024 Cover rubber 538 0031 Cover rubber 538 0048 Cover rubber Designation IR/BR 1.12 g/cm 64 Shore A 42% Antistatic* 21 MPa 450% 21 N/mm DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) ISO 34-1-2004 Method A Dimensions 500 x 17 800 mm 500 x 9 000 mm 500 x 6 000 mm 500 x 4 500 mm 500 x 3 300 mm 500 x 2 800 mm Thickness 1 mm
2 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm
Cover rubber V, uncured
Self-extinguishing, antistatic and moderate oil resistance Gray protection foil (poly). German underground approval: LOBA NW No.: 18.43.21-63-7 Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Electric resistance Tear resistance Tear elongation Tear-growth resistance Ref. No. Designation CR 1.40 g/cm 62 Shore A 27% Antistatic* 18 MPa 380% 12 N/mm DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) ISO 34-1-2004 Method A Dimensions 500 x 7 000 mm Thickness 2 mm
538 0158 Cover rubber V, 10 kg
*Surface and volume resistivity < 1 x 106 Ohm, tested in accordance with DIN IEC 60093 / VDE 0303 part 30.
124
Cover rubber HR, uncured

Heat resistant Weight 10 kg. Yellow protection foil (poly). Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Tear resistance Tear elongation Tear-growth resistance Thermal stability Ref. No. Designation IR/BR 1.12 g/cm 62 Shore A 53% 17 MPa 540% 17 N/mm max. 110C, short peaks up to 130 C DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) ISO 34-1-2004 Method A
538 0220 Cover rubber HR
Dimensions
500 x 3 600 mm
500 x 4 500 mm
500 x 6 000 mm
500 x 9 200 mm
Thickness 3 mm
2 mm
5 mm
4 mm
Intermediate rubber (tie gum), uncured

Ref. No. 538 0316 Intermediate rubber (tie gum) For Standard, K and HR-quality. White protection foil. Designation Dimensions 500 x 10 300 mm Thickness 0.8 mm Weight 5 kg
538 0189 Intermediate rubber 500 x (tie gum) V 9 000 mm Green protection foil (poly). German underground approval: LOBA NW No.: 18.43.21-63-7
0.8 mm
5 kg
Repair fabric
Rubberized on both sides, uncured. Green protection foil (poly). Ref. No. 538 0354 Repair fabric EP 160 Designation Dimensions 1 000 x 10 000 mm 920 x 10 000 mm Thickness 1.4 mm 0.9 mm 10 m roll 10 m roll Content
538 0361 Perlon-Dreher fabric No. 10
125
Heating solution T4
CFC-free For Standard, K and HR quality cover rubber. 538 1377 Heating solution T4 Ref. No. Designation 0.5 kg Content Qty 10 1 1
538 1683 Heating solution T4
538 1676 Heating solution T4
7 kg
3.5 kg
538 1377
Heating solution T
For Standard, K and HR-quality cover rubber sheeting. 538 1316 Heating solution T Ref. No. Designation 1 kg Content Qty 10 1 1
538 1330 Heating solution T
538 1323 Heating solution T
12 kg
6 kg
Heating solution HCR-1

Nonflammable Processed with 4% hardener UT-R 20 (40 g per 1 kg). For V-quality cover rubber. Approvals in Germany: Bez.-Reg. Arnsberg Nr.: E 84.12.22.41-3-36 for HCR-1 Bez.-Reg. Arnsberg Nr.: E 84.12.22.67-1-25 for hardener UT-R 20 538 1392 Heating solution HCR-1 Ref. No. Designation 1 kg Content Qty 10 10 538 1392
538 1316
40 g
525 1043
Accessories
538 0990 Shirting Ref. No. Designation black Colour 1 000 mm Width Content per m per m 538 0990
527 0550 Silicone paper, 25 m roll
538 1009 Pressure compensation cloth, Rayon
1 250 mm 80 mm
538 1009
126
For steelcord belts

Cover rubber sheeting STB, uncured
Green protection foil. Other strengths on request. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Tear resistance Tear elongation Tear-growth resistance Ref. No. Designation IR/BR 1.12 g/cm 64 Shore A 42 % 24 MPa 530 % 21 N/mm DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) ISO 34-1-2004 Method A Thickness 2 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 3 mm 6 mm 9 mm 12 mm 15 mm 1 mm Weight 10 kg 10 kg 10 kg 10 kg 10 kg 10 kg
538 0055 Cover rubber STB 538 0505 Cover rubber STB 538 0464 Cover rubber STB 538 0471 Cover rubber STB 538 0488 Cover rubber STB 538 0495 Cover rubber STB 538 5690 Cover rubber STB 538 5030 Cover rubber STB 538 5044 Cover rubber STB 538 5556 Cover rubber STB 538 5580 Cover rubber STB
Dimensions
500 x 17 800 mm 500 x 9 000 mm 500 x 6 000 mm 500 x 4 500 mm 500 x 3 300 mm 500 x 2 800 mm 1 400 x 23 000 mm 1 400 x 23 000 mm 1 400 x 17 000 mm 1 400 x 11 500 mm 1 400 x 11 500 mm
Intermediate rubber STZ, uncured

Red protection foil (poly). Ref. No. 538 0921 Intermediate rubber STZ Designation 500 x 33 000 mm 500 x 16 400 mm 500 x 8 200 mm 1 400 x 23 000 mm Dimensions Thickness 0.5 mm 1 mm 2 mm 2 mm Weight 10 kg
538 0897 Intermediate rubber STZ
10 kg 10 kg
538 0907 Intermediate rubber STZ 538 5519 Intermediate rubber STZ
127
Intermediate rubber strips STZ (noodles), uncured

Red protection foil (poly).Packing unit: 1 box 2 kg each Ref. No. 544 0050 Intermediate rubber strips STZ 544 0060 Intermediate rubber strips STZ 544 0150 Intermediate rubber strips STZ 544 0160 Intermediate rubber strips STZ 544 0200 Intermediate rubber strips STZ 544 0270 Intermediate rubber strips STZ 544 0280 Intermediate rubber strips STZ 544 0350 Intermediate rubber strips STZ 544 0360 Intermediate rubber strips STZ 544 0430 Intermediate rubber strips STZ 544 0440 Intermediate rubber strips STZ 544 0510 Intermediate rubber strips STZ 544 0520 Intermediate rubber strips STZ 544 0600 Intermediate rubber strips STZ 544 0610 Intermediate rubber strips STZ 544 0680 Intermediate rubber strips STZ 544 0690 Intermediate rubber strips STZ Designation Thickness 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 2.5 mm 2.5 mm Width 5 mm 5 mm 6 mm 6 mm 7 mm 8 mm 8 mm 9 mm 9 mm 10 mm 10 mm 11 mm 11 mm 12 mm 12 mm 13 mm 13 mm Length approx. 8 200 mm approx. 6 800 mm approx. 8 200 mm approx. 6 800 mm approx. 8 200 mm approx. 8 200 mm approx. 6 800 mm approx. 8 200 mm approx. 6 800 mm approx. 8 200 mm approx. 6 800 mm approx. 8 200 mm approx. 6 800 mm approx. 8 200 mm approx. 6 800 mm approx. 8 200 mm approx. 6 800 mm 19 Rollen 19 Rollen 17 Rollen 17 Rollen 14 Rollen 12 Rollen 12 Rollen 11 Rollen 11 Rollen 10 Rollen 10 Rollen 9 Rollen 9 Rollen 8 Rollen 8 Rollen 8 Rollen 8 Rollen Content
2.5 mm 2.5 mm 2.5 mm 2.5 mm 2.5 mm 2.5 mm
STZ extruder
For correct and quick filling of a steelcord splice. 544 0900 STZ filling strips, 20 x 4 mm Ref. No. Designation Content 2 kg
Heating solution STL-RF 4

CFC-free Ref. No. Designation Content 3.5 kg 7 kg Qty
538 1274 Heating solution STL-RF 4
538 1267 Heating solution STL-RF 4
538 1274
128
Heating solution STL-RF

Non-flammable German underground approval: Bez.-Reg. Arnsberg Nr.: E 84.12.22.41-3-36 for STL-RF (max. 1 kg) Ref. No. 538 1952 Heating solution STL-RF Designation Content 1 kg 6 kg Qty 1 10 1 538 1952 538 1299
538 1244 Heating solution STL-RF
538 1299 Heating solution STL-RF
12 kg
Accesories
Ref. No. 538 0990 Shirting Designation Colour black Width 1 000 mm 1 250 mm 450 mm 600 mm 900 mm 1 200 mm 1 300 mm 1 500 mm 1 800 mm 2 000 mm 2 180 mm Content per m per m 500 m roll 500 m roll 500 m roll 500 m roll 500 m roll 500 m roll 500 m roll 500 m roll 500 m roll 538 1009 538 0990
538 1009 Pressure compensation cloth, Rayon 538 1119 Silicone paper 538 1092 Silicone paper 538 1085 Silicone paper 538 1078 Silicone paper 538 1061 Silicone paper 538 1054 Silicone paper 538 1047 Silicone paper 538 1030 Silicone paper 538 1023 Silicone paper
129
Conveyor maintenance REMAPRESS CP

REMAPRESS CP
Vulcanising presses REMAPRESS for hot vulcanising
The REMAPRESS CP system is the ideal solution for safe and cost-efficient splicing of fabric-reinforced conveyor belts of low or medium strength class up to EP 1250/5 (according to DIN 22102) (multiple vulcanizing cycles). Easy installation and removal Short heating time due to excellent insulation Optional water cooling system for even shorter cooling Electronic temperature control Silicone heating elements Pressure bag with aramide reinforcement, 7 bar Welded aluminum frame construction Voltage Adjustable temperature range Specific surface pressure 595 3090 REMAPRESS CP 650 Ref. No. Designation 400/415 100 - 170 C 70 N/cm 800 mm For belt width Weight 104 kg
595 3110 REMAPRESS CP 1 200
595 0940 Cooling water system for REMAPRESS CP Scope of delivery: barrel with cover 60 l - submersible motorized pump - cooling water supply and return hoses shut-off tap - 2-way splitter 518 2000 Mobile compressor for REMAPRESS CP Motor: 1.1 kW / 230 V - Volume of pressure vessel: 10 l max. pressure: 10 bar - suction volume: 210 l/min.
1 200 mm
182 kg
Mechanical vulcanising press

Properties: Hot vulcanising press with mechanical pressure system, especially suited for smaller belt widths up to 1 400 mm Larger belt widths possible Also available with compressed air or water cooling (rapid cooling) May be equipped with fully automated time and temperature control
Mechanical vulcanising press

Dimensions upon request. Please fill out and send in the questionnaire in the appendix.
130
Hydraulic vulcanising press

Properties: Hot vulcanising press with hydraulic pressure system produces specific surface pressure up to 140 N/cm, especially suited for steel cord belts and wide belt widths (up to 3 200 mm) Also available with compressed air or water cooling (rapid cooling) May be equipped with fully automated time and temperature control
Hydraulic vulcanising press

Vulcanising press with pressure bag False

Properties: Hot vulcanising press with pneumatic pressure bag system The individual components are lightweight Pressurisation across a full-format pressure bag, which is inflated using a compressor
Also available with compressed air or water cooling (rapid cooling) May be equipped with fully automated time and temperature control
Vulcanising press with pressure bag

131
Stationary vulcanising press, fully automatic

Properties: Stationary and fully automatic vulcanising press, up to 3 200 mm belt width Opens on one side Also available with compressed air or water cooling (rapid cooling)
Stationary vulcanising press, fully automatic

Dimensions upon request. Please fill out and send the questionnaire in the appendix.
Vulcanising press for repairing edges a. longitudinal tears

Properties: Width of heating plate: 250, 300, 400 mm Length of heating plate: 1 000, 1 500, 2 000, 2 500 mm Pressing yoke: 150 - 1 300 mm throat Available with mechanical or hydraulic pressure system
Vulcanising press for repairing edges and longitudinal tears

Repair vulcanising press

Properties: For repair of damaged belts Heating plate size: 250 x 350 x 30 mm Pressurisation via aluminium pressing yoke; throat according to belt width
Repair vulcanising press

132
Cleats and corrugated edges
Rubber cleats and corrugated edges

REMACLEAT rubber cleats
These rubber cleats have a black contact layer protected by a thin fabric. Rubber cleats may be cut to the desired length for processing. Remove the fabric just prior to application of adhesive. If the contact layer is dirty or if the protective fabric is removed more than 2 hours prior to applying adhesive, the cleats must be buffed and 2 layers of adhesive must be applied. Ref. No. Designation Dimensions (H x L) Lower width Upper width Qty 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 533 8083 533 8090 533 8069 533 8021
533 8045
533 8021 REMACLEAT T 20 533 8045 REMACLEAT T 30 533 8069 REMACLEAT T 40 533 8090 REMACLEAT T 50 533 8083 REMACLEAT TD 50 533 8117 REMACLEAT TS 60 533 8124 REMACLEAT T 75
76 x 2 000 mm
60 x 2 000 mm
50 x 2 000 mm
50 x 2 000 mm
40 x 2 000 mm
30 x 2 000 mm
21 x 2 000 mm
30 mm 40 mm 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm 75 mm 85 mm
6 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm
10 mm 12 mm 10 mm
533 8117
533 8124
Corrugated rubber edge

Available in lengths up to 50 m. Buffing required before applying adhesive. Ref. No. 574 2290 Corrugated rubber edge Designation Height 40 mm 60 mm 80 mm 100 mm 120 mm Base width 40 mm 50 mm 50 mm 50 mm 50 mm Corrugated rubber edge
574 2291 Corrugated rubber edge 574 2292 Corrugated rubber edge 574 2293 Corrugated rubber edge 574 2294 Corrugated rubber edge
133
Conveyor maintenance REMACLIP TTN

Properties: REMACLIP TTN S / TTN AS is used for EP conveyor belts with strengths of up to 1 400 N/mm. The stainless steel plates and staples are also suitable for use with corrosive media. The configuration of the staples and length of the plates are designed for both extreme static pull-out strength and optimal dynamic running characteristics.
REMACLIP Mechanical belt splicing systems
TTN AS is equipped with an additional sealing strip that prevents the loss of any material through the joint during belt operation. The splices are supplied in 200 mm strips and packed in cartons for standard belt widths of 1 000 mm or 1 200 mm. For compatible connecting pins, see REMACLIP connecting pins.
Area of application: Mechanical splicing system for fabric conveyor belts used in Coal mining Gravel pits and quarries Cement plants and steel works
REMACLIP TTN 8 S
Pulley diameter min. 250 mm Belt strength max. 1 000 N/mm Belt thickness 5 - 9 mm Ref. No. 530 2105 REMACLIP TTN 8 S 530 2112 REMACLIP TTN 8 S Designation Belt width 1 000 mm 1 200 mm
REMACLIP TTN 10 S
REMACLIP TTN 12 S
134
REMACLIP TTN 14 S
Pulley diameter min. 350 mm Belt strength max. 1 400 N/mm Belt thickness 10 - 14 mm Ref. No. 530 2167 REMACLIP TTN 14 S 530 2174 REMACLIP TTN 14 S Designation
Belt width 1 000 mm 1 200 mm
REMACLIP TTN 16 S
REMACLIP TTN 8 AS with seal

Pulley diameter min. 250 mm Belt strength max. 1 000 N/mm Belt thickness 5 - 9 mm Ref. No. 530 4189 REMACLIP TTN 8 AS 530 4196 REMACLIP TTN 8 AS Designation Belt width 1 000 mm 1 200 mm


135


REMACLIP TTE
Properties: The REMACLIP Ecosystem TTE is used for conveyor belts with strengths up to 1 400 N/mm when the splice is to be replaced after a short running time. Plate material and staples are made of carbon steel. Alignment of the staples and length of the plates have been optimised through extensive testing. They are designed for high static pull-out strength and for good dynamic running characteristics. The splices are supplied in 200 mm strips and packed in cartons for standard belt widths of 1 000 mm or 1 200 mm. Area of application: Temporary splicing system for fabric conveyor belts used in Coal mining Gravel pits and quarries Cement plants and steel works
REMACLIP TTE 8
Pulley diameter min. 250 mm Belt strength max. 1 000 N/mm Belt thickness 5 - 9 mm Ref. No. 530 2208 REMACLIP TTE 8 Designation Belt width 1 000 mm 1 200 mm
530 2215 REMACLIP TTE 8
136
REMACLIP TTE 10
Pulley diameter min. 250 mm Belt strength max. 1 000 N/mm Belt thickness 7 - 11 mm Ref. No. 530 2222 REMACLIP TTE 10 Designation
Belt width 1 000 mm 1 200 mm
REMACLIP TTE 12
REMACLIP TTE 14
REMACLIP TTE 16
137
Installation device for REMACLIP TTN and TTE

Properties: With the mechanical lacing machine TM, feeding and injection are performed manually. Screw clamps TS are available in the standard widths of 1 000, 1 200 and 1 400 mm.
Mechanical lacing machine TM

Ref. No. 530 2590 Mechanical lacing machine TM Designation
Screw clamps TS
Ref. No. 530 2600 Screw clamps TS 1 000 530 2617 Screw clamps TS 1 200 530 2624 Screw clamps TS 1 400 Designation
Wave stop system

The wave stop system TWS is suitable for belts of up to 1 600 N/mm. Installation of the TTN and TTE systems leads to compression which may produce belt displacement, creating a bow or wave. By inserting the tensioning cable (= wave stop system) between the belt and the mechanical splice, formation of waves and bows is prevented, making insertion of the connection pins much easier. In addition, the belt runs evenly over belt scrapers, wear is minimized and excessive stress on the belt edge is avoided. 530 3654 TWS kit TWS kit (in metal case) consists of: Tension unit, 2 clamps, 20 tension cables with locking plate (2 600 mm), cutting pliers and spacer. 530 3661 TWS mounting kit TWS mounting set (packing unit: 10 pcs each) consisting of: clamp, tension screw holder, M6 tension screw, and M6 VZ wing nut 530 3685 TWS tension cable with locking plate 530 3678 TWS tension cable with locking plate Ref. No. Designation Length Qty 530 3654
2 600 mm
1 800 mm
20
20 530 3678
138
Belt plane device
Planing is recommended for cover rubber thicknesses over 2 mm. The planer allows accurate planing of rubber covers with minimal effort. Planing provides a proven advantage: the belt fasteners are recessed in the belt cover, thereby reducing or avoiding the risk of damage to belt fasteners, scrapers, rollers, drive pulleys or tail pulleys. Ref. No. 530 4639 Belt plane device for frames TS, TTN + TTE system (5 - 20 mm) 530 4646 Spare blade, for planer (530 4639) 530 4691 Belt planer for frames TS, TTN + TTE system (15 - 30 mm) 530 4701 Spare blade, for belt planer (530 4691) 530 4646 Designation 530 4639
REMACLIP TTH
Properties: The REMACLIP TTH hammer system is used with EP conveyor belts with strengths up to 1 400 N/mm, when installation with a hammer and light, easy-to-handle equipment is preferred. The wide contact area prevents overpenetration into the rubber surface, avoiding wave-shaped deformation of the belt. In this system, both the plates and staples are made of galvanized steel. The splicers are supplied in 200 mm strips and packed in cartons for standard belt widths of 1 000 mm or 1 200 mm. Area of application: Mechanical splicing system for fabric conveyor belts used in Coal mining Gravel pits and quarries General industry
REMACLIP TTH 10
Pulley diameter min. 250 mm Belt strength max. 1 000 N/mm Belt thickness 5 - 10 mm Ref. No. 530 3851 REMACLIP TTH 10 Designation Belt width 1 000 mm 1 200 mm
530 3850 REMACLIP TTH 10
REMACLIP TTH 15
Pulley diameter min. 350 mm Belt strength max. 1 400 N/mm Belt thickness 10 - 15 mm Ref. No. 530 3841 REMACLIP TTH 15 Designation Belt width 1 000 mm 1 200 mm
530 3840 REMACLIP TTH 15
139
Installation unit for REMACLIP TTH

Properties: This installation unit is available as a 200 mm-wide lacing tool suitable for all belt widths. The hammer lacing tool is available for belt widths of 1 000, 1 200 and 1 400 mm. Each unit can also be used for splicing wider belts. Each hammer lacing tool unit (complete) includes a lacing tool, staple magazine, a 3 kg hammer and a punch.
Installation unit for REMACLIP TTH

Ref. No. 530 2694 Hammer lacing tool TH-G 1000 complete 530 2704 Hammer lacing tool TH-G 1200 complete 530 2705 Hammer lacing tool TH-G 1400 complete Designation
REMACLIP TTB
Properties: The REMACLIP TTB bolt system is used as a temporary splice and for repair. Area of application: TTB splices made of steel, for general use TTB H wear-resistant fasteners with high-carbon steel top plate for use with highly abrasive materials
REMACLIP TTB 1
Pulley diameter min. 250 mm Belt strength max. 300 N/mm Belt thickness 5 - 11 mm 530 2404 REMACLIP TTB 1 Ref. No. Designation 1 000 mm Belt width Qty 25 25
530 2411 REMACLIP TTB 1 H
1 000 mm
REMACLIP TTB 140

1 000 mm
140
REMACLIP TTB 190
Pulley diameter min. 400 mm Belt strength max. 600 N/mm Belt thickness 8 - 14 mm 530 2466 REMACLIP TTB 190 Ref. No. Designation
1 000 mm
1 000 mm
Belt width
Qty 25 25
REMACLIP TTB 1
1 000 mm
REMACLIP TTB 2
1 000 mm
REMACLIP TTB 2
Pulley diameter min. 1 000 mm Belt strength max. 750 N/mm Belt thickness 19 - 25 mm 530 2583 REMACLIP TTB 2 Ref. No. Designation 1 000 mm Belt width Qty 10
141
REMACLIP TTB 2
Pulley diameter min. 1 000 mm Belt strength max. 850 N/mm Belt thickness 14 - 30 mm 530 3874 REMACLIP TTB 2 Ref. No. Designation
1 000 mm
1 000 mm
Belt width
Qty 25 25
Installation accessories for REMACLIP TTB

Template
The template ensures that the holes for the bolt fasteners are punched in exactly the right position. It is available in the standard length of 1 050 mm, suitable for the various sizes of fasteners. Ref. No. 530 2710 Template TL-B 1 Designation
530 2727 Template TL-B 140 530 2734 Template TL-B 190 530 2758 Template TL-B 1.5 530 2765 Template TL-B 2 530 2772 Template TL-B 2.5
530 3898 Template TL-B 2.25
Punch
For punching holes for the bolt fasteners. Punched-out material is automatically ejected during repeated punching. Ref. No. 530 2789 Punch TS-B 1-140-19 530 2806 Punch TS-B 2.5 Designation
530 2796 Punch TS-B 1.5 -2-2.25
142
Wrench
The wrench is used where height is restricted and is designed to safely tighten the nuts. Ref. No. 530 2813 Wrench, TH-B 1-140-190 530 2820 Wrench TH-B 1.5-2-2.25 530 2837 Wrench TH-B 2.5 Designation
Socket wrench
The socket wrench is designed to safely tighten the nuts. Ref. No. 530 2844 Socket wrench TA-B 1-140-190 530 2868 Socket wrench TA-B 2.5 Designation
530 2851 Socket wrench TA-B 1.5-2-2.25
Bolt breaker
The bolt breakers are used to break off protruding screw ends. They are used in pairs for safe and convenient handling. Ref. No. 530 2875 Bolt breaker 1-140-190 530 2899 Bolt breaker 2.5 Designation
530 2882 Bolt breaker 1.5-2-2.25
False
143
REMACLIP shark tooth clips

Properties: Shark tooth clips TT-R are primarily used for quick repair of small tears and cuts in conveyor belts or as an aid for retracting or changing belts.
Shark tooth clips TT-R

Ref. No. Designation Belt thickness up to Leg length Width Qty
530 4079 Shark tooth clips TT-R-21
21 mm
18 mm
15 mm
13 mm
10 mm
8 mm
6 mm
4 mm
38 mm
29 mm
23 mm
20 mm
16 mm
12 mm
10 mm
8 mm
43 mm
35 mm
30 mm
25 mm
23 mm
17 mm
14 mm
12 mm
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
REMACLIP connecting pins

Properties: Connecting pins, which are employed as splicing rods, are used for the REMACLIP TTN / TTE / TTM systems.
Connecting pin TT10 S

Sheathed stainless steel wire pin Sheath: chrome steel Min. diameter 5.3 mm Ref. No. 530 4440 Connecting pin TT10 S Belt width 600 530 3166 Connecting pin TT10 S Belt width 800 530 3173 Connecting pin TT10 S Belt width 1 000 530 3180 Connecting pin TT10 S Belt width 1 200 530 3197 Connecting pin TT10 S Belt width 1 400 Designation
144
Connecting pin TT10 SG
Sheathed stainless steel wire pin Sheath: chrome steel with thread Min. diameter 5.3 mm Ref. No.
530 3283 Connecting pin TT10 SG Belt width 800
Designation
530 3290 Connecting pin TT10 SG Belt width 1 000 530 3300 Connecting pin TT10 SG Belt width 1 200 530 3317 Connecting pin TT10 SG Belt width 1 400

Sheathed stainless steel wire pin Sheath: chrome steel Min. diameter 6.4 mm Ref. No. 530 4684 Connecting pin TT12 S Belt width 600 530 3207 Connecting pin TT12 S Belt width 800 530 3214 Connecting pin TT12 S Belt width 1 000 530 3221 Connecting pin TT12 S Belt width 1 200 530 3238 Connecting pin TT12 S Belt width 1 400 Designation

Sheathed stainless steel wire pin Sheath: chrome steel with thread Min. diameter 6.4 mm Ref. No. 530 3324 Connecting pin TT12 SG Belt width 800 Designation

Sheathed stainless steel wire pin Sheath: chrome steel Min. diameter 7.1 mm Ref. No. 530 3245 Connecting pin TT16 S Belt width 800 Designation
530 3252 Connecting pin TT16 S Belt width 1 000 530 3269 Connecting pin TT16 S Belt width 1 200 530 3276 Connecting pin TT16 S Belt width 1 400
145
Sheathed stainless steel wire pin Sheath: chrome steel with thread Min. diameter 7.1 mm Ref. No.
530 3362 Connecting pin TT16 SG Belt width 800
Designation
REMACLIP accessories
Hand wrench THS
Hand wrench for screwing in TT SG connecting pins. Ref. No. 530 2909 Hand wrench THS Designation 530 2909
Hammer pin driver

Ref. No. 530 4660 Hammer pin driver for connecting pins Designation
530 4660
146
COROFLAKE Corrosion protection spray and trowelled coatings COROFLAKE Corrosion protection spray coatings COROGARD TOPLINE Corrosion protection laminate coatings TIP TOP LINING Corrosion protection laminate coatings COROPUR Polyurethane coating for atmospheric corrosion protection COROPUR Polyurethane coatings for steel water constructions COROPUR Polyurethane primer
148-149
150-153 154 155
Wear protection Conveying Bonding systems Conveyor maintenance Coating systems Rubber lining for corrosion protection Tools Appendix
A B C D E F G H
156-157
158-160
161-163 164-165
REMACOAT 2K polyurea corrosion and abrasion protection spray coatings 166-169
147-169
147
Coating systems
COROFLAKE Corrosion protection spray and trowelled coatings
COROFLAKE trowelled coatings

Properties: COROFLAKE trowelled coatings protect metal components against aggressive media under immersion conditions. They are based on polyester and vinyl ester resins and are reinforced with microthin C-Glass flakes. The resin provides outstanding chemical resistance, while the flakes, which are aligned parallel to the primer, offer excellent permeation resistance. With COROFLAKE, a nominal thickness of 2 mm can be achieved with only two coats. Hardeners in various colours may be used to colour the individual layers.
Coating structure
COROFLAKE 14
Properties: Two-component trowelled coating C-Glass flakes Extremely low water vapour permeability Pigment solution for colouring the outer layer Smoothing liquid for alignment of the C-Glass flakes parallel to the surface Primer: COROFLAKE N primer + 2 % hardener No. 01 Coating: COROFLAKE 14 + 2 % hardener No. 01 Area of application: Chemical industry (such as in plant components and tanks) Paper industry (such as in plant components and tanks) Flue-gas desulfurisation plants
COROFLAKE 14
Polymer basis Filler Thermal stability (wet) Thermal stability (dry) 590 0480 COROFLAKE N PRIMER Ref. No. Designation Bisphenol-A vinyl ester C-Glass flakes 90 C 120 C Colour 5 kg Content Qty 1 1
590 0095 SMOOTHING FLUID F-12
590 0844 PIGMENT SOLUTION P1
590 0112 HARDENER No. 01 R
590 0019 HARDENER No. 01 C
590 0947 COROFLAKE 14
590 0040 COROFLAKE N PRIMER
red
transparent
red
transparent
4 kg
100 g
400 g
400 g
20 kg
20 kg
100 g
100 g
5 kg
148
Coating systems COROFLAKE 18
COROFLAKE Corrosion protection spray and trowelled coatings
Properties: Two-component C-Glass flake-filled polymer coating based on a Novolac vinyl ester resin. Extremely low water vapour permeability Outstanding chemical resistance to organic and inorganic acids, aliphatic and aromatic solvents and bases.
Pigment solution for colouring the outer layer Smoothing liquid for alignment of the C-Glass flakes parallel to the surface Primer: COROFLAKE S primer + 2 % hardener No. 01 Coating: COROFLAKE 18 + 2 % hardener No. 01
Area of application: Chemical industry Paint industry Flue-gas desulfurisation plants
COROFLAKE 18
Polymer basis Filler Thermal stability (wet) Thermal stability (dry) 590 0167 COROFLAKE S PRIMER Ref. No. Designation Novolac vinyl ester C-Glass flakes 90 C (without outside insulation) 160 C Colour 5 kg Content Qty 1 1
590 0844 PIGMENT SOLUTION P1
590 0033 COROFLAKE S PRIMER
red
transparent
red
transparent
4 kg
100 g
400 g
400 g
20 kg
20 kg
100 g
100 g
5 kg
149
Coating systems
COROFLAKE Corrosion protection spray coatings
COROFLAKE spray coatings

Properties: COROFLAKE spray coatings combine the good chemical resistance of the trowelled coatings with the simplicity of a spray technique. It is based on vinyl ester, epoxy and epoxy-Novolac resins and is reinforced with either C-Glass flakes, mica or graphite. Hardeners in various colours may be used to colour the individual layers.
Coating structure
COROFLAKE 23
Properties: Two-component, inert flake-filled polymer coating based on a Novolac vinyl ester resin Inert flakes create an outstanding low water vapour diffusion High temperature resistance Good resistance to inorganic acids Primer: COROFLAKE S primer + 2 % hardener No. 01 Coating: COROFLAKE 23 + 2 % hardener No. 01 Area of application: Corrosion protection coating for: Clean gas ducts Heat exchangers Chimneys of flue-gas desulfurisation plants Scrubber heads in waste incineration plants
COROFLAKE 23
General Technical Approval Z-59.13-283 from DIBt for lining the interior of steel tanks. Polymer basis Filler Thermal stability (wet) Thermal stability (dry) 590 0167 COROFLAKE S PRIMER Ref. No. Designation Novolac vinyl ester Inert flakes 70 C (with outside insulation) 180 C Colour 5 kg Content Qty 1 1
red
transparent
red
transparent
400 g
400 g
20 kg
20 kg
100 g
100 g
5 kg
150
Properties: Two-component, inert flake-filled polymer coating based on a bisphenol-A vinyl ester resin. Protects against acids and bases
Protects against hypochlorite solutions Primer: COROFLAKE N primer + 2% hardener No. 01 Coating: COROFLAKE 24 + 2% hardener No. 01
Area of application: Concrete protection Clean gas ducts Absorbers
COROFLAKE 24
Polymer basis Filler Thermal stability (wet) Thermal stability (dry) 590 0480 COROFLAKE N PRIMER Ref. No. Designation Bisphenol-A vinyl ester Inert flakes 70 C (with outside insulation) 120 C Colour 5 kg Content Qty 1 1
red
transparent
red
transparent
400 g
400 g
20 kg
20 kg
100 g
100 g
5 kg
COROFLAKE 28
Properties: Two-component C-Glass flake-filled polymer coating based on a Novolac vinyl ester resin. Outstanding chemical resistance to organic and inorganic acids, aliphatic and aromatic solvents Good permeation resistance Primer: COROFLAKE S primer + 2% hardener No. 01 Coating: COROFLAKE 28 + 2% hardener No. 01 Area of application: Raw gas and bypass ducts in flue-gas desulfurisation systems Washers, ducts and chimneys in waste incineration plants Chemical industry
COROFLAKE 28
Polymer basis Filler Thermal stability (wet) Thermal stability (dry) 590 0167 COROFLAKE S PRIMER Ref. No. Designation Novolac vinyl ester C-Glass flakes 70 C (with outside insulation) 180 C Colour 5 kg Content Qty 1 1
transparent
red
transparent
400 g
400 g
20 kg
20 kg
100 g
5 kg
151
Properties: Two-component polymer coating filled with C-Glass flakes based on a newly developed vinyl ester resin. Outstanding chemical resistance High temperature resistance Primer: COROFLAKE S primer + 2% hardener No. 01 Coating: COROFLAKE 29 + 2% hardener No. 01
Area of application: Ducts and heat exchangers in flue-gas desulfurisation systems For high concentrations of sulfuric acids (H2SO4)
COROFLAKE 29
Polymer basis Filler Thermal stability (wet) Thermal stability (dry) 590 0167 COROFLAKE S PRIMER Ref. No. Designation Special vinyl ester C-Glass flakes 70 C (with outside insulation) 230 C Colour 5 kg Content Qty 1 1
red
transparent
red
transparent
400 g
400 g
20 kg
100 g
100 g
5 kg
152
Coating systems
COROFLAKE 650 FDA

Properties: Two-component spray coating based on an epoxy resin Good chemical resistance to most media used in the food and beverage industry KTW-approved Coating: COROFLAKE 650 FDA (A) + COROFLAKE 650 FDA (B) Area of application: Drinking water segment Food industry
COROFLAKE 650 FDA

Food quality Approved for contact with foods and beverages in accordance with: FDA Regulation FDA No. 21 Sec. 177.2600 Certified in accordance with KTW recommendations for the German Federal Health Agency (see Federal health article (Bundesgesundheitsblatt) 20/1977-1. and 2. announcement) Polymer basis Filler Thermal stability (wet) Thermal stability (dry) 590 3086 COROFLAKE 650 FDA (A) Ref. No. Designation Epoxy resin Inert flakes 50 C (without outside insulation) 110 C red Colour 18 kg Content Qty 1 1
590 9089 COROFLAKE 650 FDA (B)
590 3085 COROFLAKE 650 FDA (A)
white
3 kg
18 kg
153
Coating systems
COROGARD
COROGARD Universal Coating

Properties: 2-component coating based on a epoxy resin filled with inert flakes and active corrosion protection pigments Area of application: Universal coating suitable for first-time and repair coating applications on steel, concrete, galvanized surfaces and various existing coatings Steel and concrete structures
COROGARD 615
Other colors on request. 1 kg packing units can be supplied upon request, when minimum order quantities are met. Polymer basis Filler Thermal stability (dry) Ref. No. 590 1290 COROGARD 615 (A) 9005 Designation Epoxy resin Inert flakes and active corrosion protection pigments 120 C Colour red black Content 5 kg 5 kg
590 1056 COROGARD 615 (B)
590 1111 COROGARD 615 (A) RAL 6021
590 1094 COROGARD 615 (A) RAL 7001
590 1049 COROGARD 615 (A) RAL 3009
green
gray
5 kg
5 kg
5 kg
154
Coating systems
TOPLINE Corrosion protection laminate coatings
TOPLINE laminate coatings

Properties: TOPLINE laminate coatings are distinguished by their good resistance to corrosion as well as their outstanding impact strength and abrasion resistance. For the 3.2 mm glass fibre-reinforced coatings, polyester, vinyl ester, epoxy and epoxy-Novolac resins are used that are also available with electrical conducting properties (by request).
Coating structure
False
TOPLINE W
Properties: Three-component trowelled coating based on a bisphenol-A vinyl ester resin Protects against acids and bases Good abrasion resistance Primer: COROFLAKE N primer + hardener No. 01 Coating: TOPLINE W + hardener No. 01 Area of application: Concrete construction in wastewater treatment plants Thickener in the salt and potash industry
TOPLINE W
Polymer basis Filler Thermal stability (wet) Ref. No. 590 0480 COROFLAKE N PRIMER 590 0459 TOPLINE W 590 0181 HARDENER No. 01 C 590 0143 TOPLINE W 590 0088 FILLER F1 Designation Bisphenol-A vinyl ester Silica and aluminium oxide 75 C (without outside insulation) Colour 5 kg 5 kg Content Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
590 0040 COROFLAKE N PRIMER 590 0019 HARDENER No. 01 C 590 0208 POWDER W1
transparent
100 g 20 kg 20 kg 20 kg 20 kg 4 kg
transparent
400 g
590 0222 GLASS MAT M-123-300 330 g/m
155
Coating systems
TIP TOP LINING Corrosion protection laminate coatings
TIP TOP LINING laminate coatings

Properties: These employ the same resins as the TOPLINE series and, thanks to the high resin content, provide the maximum possible chemical resistance. The glass mat and the flexible resin allow this lining to be used at operating temperatures of 80 C and to be cleaned with steam-jet equipment. In addition, TIP TOP lining can bridge cracks in concrete of up to 0.2 mm width.
Coating structure
False
TIP TOP LINING 65

Properties: Three-component glass mat-reinforced laminate coating on a vinyl ester resin base Good resistance to organic acids, bases and sodium hypochlorite solutions Good resistance to sodium hydroxide when combined with two synthetic surface mats (available upon request) Primer: COROFLAKE N primer + 2% hardener No. 01 Coating: TIP TOP LINING 65 + 2% hardener No. 01 Area of application: Thickeners made of concrete Collection areas Chutes Chemical industry Cellulose industry
TIP TOP LINING 65

Polymer basis Filler Thermal stability (wet) Thermal stability (dry) Ref. No. 590 0480 COROFLAKE N PRIMER Designation Bisphenol-A vinyl ester Silica 80 C (without outside insulation) 120 C Colour 5 kg Content Qty 1 1 1 1
590 0181 HARDENER No. 01 C 590 0411 TIP TOP LINING 65
590 0435 TIP TOP LINING 65
transparent
5 kg
590 0019 HARDENER No. 01 C 590 0215 THIN FILM CURING AGENT 590 0088 FILLER F1
transparent
20 kg 20 kg
20 kg
100 g
400 g
1 1
590 0277 GLASS MAT M-123-450 450 g/m
1 kg
1 1 1
590 0284 C-GLAS MAT M 524 C64-30 30 g/m
156
Coating systems
TIP TOP LINING Corrosion protection laminate coatings
TIP TOP LINING 74 (concrete)

Properties: Three-component glass mat-reinforced laminate coating on a base of two-vinyl ester resins Good resistance to oxidizing acids, bases and most chlorinated hydrocarbons Bridges cracks TIP TOP Lining 74 Base Coat + 2% hardener No. 01 TIP TOP Lining 74 + 2% hardener No. 01 Area of application: Concrete containers Collection tubs Waste disposal tanks
TIP TOP LINING 74 (concrete)

General Technical Approval Z-59.12-298 from DIBt as an organic surface protection for concrete in LAU (storing, filling, handling) facilities. Polymer basis Filler Thermal stability (wet) 590 0404 TIP TOP LINING 74 Base Coat 590 0387 TIP TOP LINING 74 590 0181 HARDENER No. 01 C 590 0026 TIP TOP LINING 74 590 0088 FILLER F1 Ref. No. Designation Novolac vinyl ester Silica 75 C Colour 5 kg 5 kg Content Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1
590 0105 TIP TOP LINING 74 Base Coat 590 0019 HARDENER No. 01 C 590 0215 THIN FILM CURING AGENT
transparent
100 g 20 kg 20 kg
transparent
400 g 20 kg 1 kg
1 1 1 1
590 0277 GLASS MAT M-123-450 450 g/m
590 0284 C-GLAS MAT M 524 C64-30 30 g/m
157
Coating systems
COROPUR Polyurethane coating for atmospheric corrosion protection
COROPUR for atmospheric corrosion protection

Properties: Single component, moisturehardening Simple application High moisture tolerance Excellent surface strength and elasticity Area of application: According to DIN EN ISO 12944-5 (corrosivity category C1 - C5-I and C5-M): Steel constructions Chemical plants Bridge and mast construction Habour and crane facilities Wastewater treatment plants and tank facilities Pipework Offshore installations
Coating structure
COROPUR Ferro
Properties: Single component, moisture hardening polyurethane-intermediate/ cover coating in combination with iron fillings Excellent corrosion resistance Available in various colours Area of application: Steel constructions Chemical plants Bridge and mast construction
COROPUR Ferro
Specific weight VOC Volume of solids Thermal stability (dry) Ref. No. Designation 1.5 g/cm DIN EN ISO 1183-1 24% 64% 120C, short periods 170C Colour Content Qty 1 1
580 0470 COROPUR Ferro 100
light gray
light gray
light gray
dark gray-silver
dark gray-silver
dark gray-silver
12 kg
6 kg
1.2 kg
12 kg
6 kg
1.2 kg
158
Coating systems
COROPUR Ferro LS
Properties: Single component, moisture hardening polyurethane-intermediate/ cover coating in combination with iron fillings Excellent water and corrosion resistance Weatherproof Light stable Available in various colours Area of application: Steel constructions Chemical plants Bridge and mast construction
COROPUR Ferro LS
Light-stable Specific weight VOC Volume of solids Thermal stability (dry) Ref. No. Designation 1.5 g/cm DIN EN ISO 1183-1 30% 64% 120C, short periods 170C dark gray-silver Colour 6 kg Content Qty 1 1
580 0494 COROPUR Ferro 100 LS
light gray
light gray
dark gray-silver
12 kg
6 kg
12 kg
159
Coating systems
COROPUR Cover RAL

Properties: A single-component, moisture-hardening polyurethane cover coating system with excellent resistance to UV rays (light stable) and atmospheric conditions. Good resistance to numerous chemicals Easy to repair Colour selection from RAL standard colours Area of application: Ship coatings Harbour and crane facilities Offshore installations Steel constructions in industrial plants Outside coating of silos and storage tanks
COROPUR Cover RAL

COROPUR Cover RAL 9010 fulfils German KTW recommendations for containers, fixtures and equipment items as well as for D1 and D2 seals. COROPUR Cover RAL A colors: 1000, 1001, 1002, 1011, 1013, 1014, 1015, 1019, 1020, 1024, 1027, 3012, 3015, 5014, 6013, 6019, 6020, 6021, 6027, 6034, 7000, 7001, 7002, 7003, 7004, 7005, 7006, 7008, 7009, 7010, 7011, 7012, 7013, 7015, 7016, 7021, 7022, 7023, 7024, 7026, 7030, 7031, 7032, 7033, 7034, 7035, 7036, 7037, 7038, 7039, 7040, 7042, 7043, 7044, 7045, 7046, 7047, 8000, 8001, 8002, 8004, 8017, 8019, 8022, 8023, 8024, 8025, 8028, 9001, 9002, 9003, 9004, 9005, 9010, 9011, 9016, 9017, 9018 COROPUR Cover RAL B colors: 1017, 1034, 1035, 1036, 2012, 3009, 3011, 3014, 3016, 3017, 3018, 4009, 5000, 5001, 5003, 5004, 5007, 5008, 5009, 5010, 5011, 5012, 5013, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019, 5020, 5021, 5023, 5024, 6000, 6001, 6003, 6004, 6005, 6006, 6007, 6009, 6011, 6012, 6015, 6016, 6022, 6024, 6025, 6026, 6028, 6032, 6033, 7048, 8003, 8007, 8011, 8012, 8014, 8015, 8016, 9006, 9007, 9022, 9023 COROPUR Cover RAL C colors: 1003, 1004, 1005, 1006, 1007, 1012, 1016, 1018, 1021, 1023, 1028, 1032, 1033, 1037, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 3000, 3001, 3002, 3003, 3004, 3005, 3007, 3013, 3020, 3022, 3027, 3031, 3032, 3033, 4001, 4002, 4003, 4004, 4005, 4006, 4007, 4008, 4010, 4011, 4012, 5002, 5005, 5022, 5025, 5026, 6002, 6008, 6010, 6014, 6017, 6018, 6029, 6035, 6036, 8008, 8029 Specific weight VOC Volume of solids Thermal stability (dry) Ref. No. Designation 1.29 g/cm 30 % 60 % 150 C DIN EN ISO 1183-1
580 1720 COROPUR Cover transparent varnish RAL A-1910
580 0274 COROPUR Cover RAL C
580 0243 COROPUR Cover RAL B
580 0212 COROPUR Cover RAL A
Colour
transparent transparent transparent
1.2 kg 6 kg 12 kg
12 kg
6 kg
1.2 kg
12 kg
6 kg
1.2 kg
12 kg
6 kg
1.2 kg
Content
Qty 1 1
1 1 1
160
Coating systems
COROPUR Polyurethane coatings for steel water constructions
COROPUR coatings for steel water constructions

Properties: Single component, moisturehardening Simple processing High moisture tolerance Excellent surface strength and elasticity Area of application: Corrosion protection for steel water construction that fulfils the requirements of DIN EN ISO 12944-5 (corrosivity categories Im1, Im2 and Im3 for direct contact with fresh water, seawater or brackish water and soil): Pressure pipelines Locks Steel water engineering Channels Wastewater treatment plants Drains
Coating structure
False
COROPUR Non Abrasiv

Properties: Quick and easy processing Thick layer built up in a single application Long-term corrosion protection Easy to repair Also available in a conductive version Area of application: Pressure pipelines Locks Turbine housings Steel constructions in water exchange zones such as sheet-pile walls, bridge supports, etc.
COROPUR Non Abrasiv

The German Federal Institute for Water Construction (BAW) has classified this corrosion protection system as suitable for Use under stronger mechanical loads. Specific weight VOC Volume of solids Thermal stability (dry) Ref. No. Designation 1.3 g/cm 216 g/l 75% 140 C DIN EN ISO 1183-1
580 0717 COROPUR Non Abrasiv 10 kg + Activator A-1949, 1 kg
580 0676 COROPUR Non Abrasiv 10 kg + Activator A-1949, 1 kg
gray
Colour
11 kg 11 kg
Content
Qty 1
black
161
Coating systems
COROPUR Non Abrasiv LS

Properties: Quick and easy processing Thick layer built up in a single application Long-term corrosion protection Good abrasion resistance Easy to repair Light stable Area of application: Pressure pipelines Locks Turbine housings Steel constructions in water exchange zones such as sheet-pile walls, bridge supports, etc.
COROPUR Non Abrasiv LS

Light-stable Specific weight VOC Volume of solids Thermal stability (dry) Ref. No. Designation 1.4 g/cm 278 g/l 66% 140 C DIN EN ISO 1183-1
580 0724 COROPUR Non Abrasiv LS 10 kg + Activator A-1949, 1 kg
580 0690 COROPUR Non Abrasiv LS 10 kg + Activator A-1949, 1 kg
Colour gray
Content 11 kg 11 kg
Qty
1 1
black
COROPUR Tar
Properties: Quick and easy processing Thick layer built up in a single application Outstanding corrosion resistance High elasticity and surface hardness Easy to repair Area of application: Outer coating for off-shore and on-shore pipelines Lock gates Components in hydroelectric power plants Ballast water tanks in ships Steel constructions in water exchange zones such as sheet-pile walls, bridge supports, etc.
COROPUR Tar
Specific weight VOC Volume of solids Thermal stability (dry) Ref. No. Designation 1.7 g/cm 229 g/l 75% 80C, short periods 100C DIN EN ISO 1183-1
580 1424 COROPUR Tar
black
black
brown
brown
Colour
12 kg
6 kg
12 kg
6 kg
Content
Qty 1 1
162
Coating systems
COROPUR Tar 21
Properties: Quick and easy processing Thick layer built up in a single application Outstanding corrosion resistance High elasticity and surface hardness Easy to repair Area of application: Outer coating for off-shore and on-shore pipelines Lock gates Components in hydroelectric power plants Ballast water tanks in ships Steel constructions in water exchange zones such as sheet-pile walls, bridge supports, etc.
COROPUR Tar 21
Specific weight VOC Volume of solids Thermal stability (dry) Ref. No. Designation 1.87 g/cm 176 g/l 82% 80 C, short periods 100 C DIN EN ISO 1183-1
580 1431 COROPUR Tar 21 12 kg + Activator A-873, 0.8 kg
580 0432 COROPUR Tar 21 12 kg + Activator A-873, 0.8 kg
brown black
Colour
12.8 kg 12.8 kg
Content
Qty 1
COROPUR TF 21
Properties: Single-component, moisture hardening Short drying times Wear-resistant Tar-free Area of application: Pressurized pipework Biogas plant Floodgates Waste treatment plant Immersion and underwater applications Can be used as an alternative to coatings containing tar
COROPUR TF 21
Specific weight Viscosity Volume of solids Thermal stability (dry) Ref. No. Designation 2.1 g/cm 2 500 - 3 000 mPas 73% 50 C DIN EN ISO 1183-1
580 0880 COROPUR TF 21 9 kg + Activator A-1786, 0.9 kg
light gray
Colour
9.9 kg
Content
Qty 1
163
Coating systems
COROPUR Polyurethane primer
COROPUR Zinc M
Properties: Single-component, moisture-hardening polyurethane primer 92 % zinc content Area of application: Sand-blasted steel constructions (Sa 21/2 according to DIN EN ISO 12944-4) May be used as a shop primer
COROPUR Zinc M
Specific weight Viscosity VOC Volume of solids Thermal stability (dry) Ref. No. Designation 2.8 g/cm 600 - 800 mPas 307 g/l 59% 125 C, short periods 180 C Colour gray gray DIN EN ISO 1183-1
580 0030 COROPUR Zinc M
Content 12 kg 2.5 kg
Qty 1 1
gray
20 kg
COROPUR PI
Properties: Single-component, moisture-hardening polyurethane primer Available in various colours Area of application: For temporary corrosion protection Swept galvanizing Steel constructions to be welded
COROPUR PI
Specific weight VOC Volume of solids Thermal stability (dry) Ref. No. Designation 1.34 g/cm 396 g/l 56% 140 C Colour DIN EN ISO 1183-1
580 1330 COROPUR PI
580 1390 COROPUR PI
580 1376 COROPUR PI
reddish-brown
reddish-brown
reddish-brown
Content 6 kg 1.2 kg
Qty 1 1
12 kg
164
Coating systems
COROPUR Polyurethane primer
COROPUR adhesion and insulating primer

Properties: Single-component, moisturehardening polyurethane primer Area of application: Insulating bonding agent for corrosion protection layers Surfaces for which sandblasting is not possible due to environmental or cost considerations. A manual St3 derusting in accordance with DIN EN ISO 12944-4,is sufficient
COROPUR adhesion and insulating primer

Specific weight VOC Volume of solids Thermal stability (dry) Ref. No. Designation 1.1 g/cm 177 g/l 79% 140 C DIN EN ISO 1183-1
580 1352 COROPUR adhesion and insulating primer
Colour
light gray light gray light gray
1 kg
Content
Qty 1 1 1
580 0047 COROPUR adhesion and insulating primer 580 0054 COROPUR adhesion and insulating primer
5.5 kg 11 kg
165
Coating systems
REMACOAT 2K polyurea corrosion and abrasion protection spray coatings
REMACOAT 2K spray coatings

Properties: REMACOAT polyurea coatings are highly reactive two-component spray-on systems that are applied with 2K high-pressure airless injection machines. REMACOAT is not sensitive to moisture during processing and can also cross-link at low ambient temperatures. Combined with the appropriate primers, REMACOAT systems are suitable for the coating of steel, concrete, light metals and other surfaces, and are available in hardnesses from 60 Shore A to 50 Shore D. The two-component spray system is comprised of an ISO and POLY component and is volumetrically combined at a 100:100 ratio. Area of application: REMACOAT systems are used as multifunctional surface protection, such as for waterproofing buildings, corrosion protection, coating and abrasion protection. Layer thicknesses of 25 mm and more can be applied in a single application.
Coating structure
REMACOAT A-60
Properties: Long gelling and adhesion or curing time Excellent resistance to dynamic loading and weathering, even at high ozone concentrations Standard colors: Gray, other colors on request Area of application: Refrigerated rooms or lowtemperature storage rooms Manufacture of elastic forms
REMACOAT A-60
Specific weight Hardness Resilience Tear resistance Tear elongation Tear-growth resistance Ref. No. Designation 1.00 0.02 g/cm 60 5 Shore A min. 35 % min. 10 N/mm min. 550 % min. 18 N/mm DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) ISO 34-1-2004 Method A Colour gray transparent Content 20 kg 20 kg Qty 1 1
590 2740 REMACOAT A-60 POLY
590 2720 REMACOAT A-60 ISO
gray
transparent
200 kg
215 kg
166
Coating systems
REMACOAT A-80
Properties: Good abrasion resistance Fast application and ability to withstand exposure due to short gel times Resists hydrolysis Standard colour: gray; other colours on request Area of application: Bunkers Containers Excavator buckets Drums Components for storing and conveying bulk materials
REMACOAT A-80
Specific weight Hardness Resilience Tear resistance Tear elongation Tear-growth resistance Ref. No. Designation 1.04 0.02 g/cm 90 5 Shore A min. 40% min. 14 N/mm min. 385% min. 25 N/mm DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) ISO 34-1-2004 Method A Colour gray transparent Content 20 kg 20 kg Qty 1 1
gray
transparent
208 kg
222 kg
REMACOAT A-80 HP
Properties: Highly abrasion resistant Fast hardening High flexibility at low temperatures Very good impact resistance Standard colour: gray; other colours on request Area of application: Silos Lorry tippers Railway wagons Excavator buckets Material feed/load points
REMACOAT A-80 HP
Highly abrasion resistant Specific weight Tear resistance Tear elongation Hardness Resilience Tear-growth resistance Ref. No. Designation 1.05 0.02 g/cm min. 15 N/mm min. 300% 80 5 Shore A min. 38% min. 14 N/mm DIN EN ISO 1183-1 ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 ISO 34-1-2004 Method A Colour gray transparent transparent gray Content 20 kg 20 kg Qty 1 1 1
590 3370 REMACOAT A-80 HP ISO
590 3380 REMACOAT A-80 HP POLY 590 3360 REMACOAT A-80 HP ISO 590 3350 REMACOAT A-80 HP POLY
206 kg
222 kg
167
Coating systems
REMACOAT D-40
Properties: Good chemical and thermal resistance High resistance to tear propagation Good resistance to aging and atmospheric conditions Resists hydrolysis Standard colour: gray; other colours on request Area of application: Wastewater lagoon and pool linings Secondary containment Seawater desalination plants Storage reservoirs
REMACOAT D-40
General technical approval as an organic surface protection for concrete in LAU systems in accordance with DIBt: Z-59.12-305 Specific weight Hardness Resilience Tear resistance Tear elongation Tear-growth resistance Ref. No. Designation 1.12 0.02 g/cm 45 5 Shore D min. 30% min. 15 N/mm min. 200% min. 20 N/mm DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) ISO 34-1-2004 Method A transparent Colour 20 kg Content Qty 1 1
590 2907 REMACOAT D-40 POLY
590 2897 REMACOAT D-40 ISO
590 2873 REMACOAT D-40 POLY
gray
transparent
gray
230 kg
224 kg
20 kg
REMACOAT D-40 S
Properties: Good chemical and thermal resistance Significantly longer gel and hardening times as well as greater elongation at break at the same degree of hardness when compared with REMACOAT D-40 Natural flowing properties of the material (corners and edges) More uniform surfaces Standard colour: gray; other colours on request Area of application: As with REMACOAT D-40, the coating of vertical surfaces and overhead spray application is possible only under certain conditions Concrete floors Tank floors Secondary containment
REMACOAT D-40 S
Specific weight Hardness Resilience Tear resistance Tear elongation Tear-growth resistance Ref. No. Designation 1.13 0.02 g/cm 45 5 Shore D min. 33% min. 15 N/mm min. 320% min. 40 N/mm DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512 ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) ISO 37-1994 (DIN 53504) ISO 34-1-2004 Method A transparent Colour 20 kg Content Qty 1 1
590 3102 REMACOAT D-40 S POLY
590 3092 REMACOAT D-40 S POLY
gray
transparent
gray
240 kg
224 kg
20 kg
168
Coating systems
REMACOAT primer
Properties: Single component Moisture-hardening Area of application: Primer for all REMACOAT coating systems on prepared: Concrete Wood Steel
REMACOAT PR 100
Specific weight Viscosity Volume of solids VOC Ref. No. Designation 0.98 g/cm ca. 100 mPas 50 % ca. 494 g/l DIN EN ISO 1183-1
590 2859 REMACOAT PR 100 primer
transparent
transparent
transparent
Colour
20 kg
4 kg
0.8 kg
Content
Qty 1 1
REMACOAT PR 100 C
The Primer REMACOAT PR 100 C optimizes the adhesion to and seals mineralic substrates (e.g. concrete). The primer has improved conductive characteristics, which enables a 100% holiday detection of the REMACOAT topcoats on nonconductive substrates. Specific weight Viscosity Volume of solids Ref. No. Designation 0.98 - 1.02 g/cm 1 500 - 2 000 mPas 50 % DIN EN ISO 1183-1
590 2860 REMACOAT PR 100 C Primer
590 2843 REMACOAT PR 100 C Primer
black
black
Colour
20 kg
4 kg
Content
Qty 1 1
REMACOAT accessories
REMACOAT drum stirrer PMLF
The REMACOAT drum stirrer, Type PMLF, is the economical solution for stirring and homogenizing fluid/solid mixtures in bunghole drums. Ref. No. 590 1960 REMACOAT drum stirrer PMLF4 For REMACOAT Poly, 200l drums Designation Content 1 Qty 1
169
Wear protection Conveying Bonding systems Conveyor maintenance Coating systems
A B C D E F G H
171-190
CHEMOLINE soft rubber lining Adhesive system for CHEMOLINE CN (vulcanised) Bonding system for CHEMOLINE (un-vulcanised) CHEMONIT Hard rubber lining Bonding system for CHEMONIT hard rubber linings Accessories 172-180 181-182 183-184 185-187 188-189 190
Rubber lining for corrosion protection Tools Appendix
171
Rubber lining for corrosion protection

CHEMOLINE soft rubber lining
CHEMOLINE 3
Properties: Good chemical resistance to mineral acids, bases and aqueous liquors Good abrasion resistance to aggressive media with high content of solids Area of application: Lining for Pipe spools Stirrer vessels Storage containers Ship cargo holds
CHEMOLINE 3/CN
Polychloroprene material with sticky-back CN bonding layer. Bonding with Metal Primer PR 304 / Cement BC 3004 or Metal Primer PR 300 / Cement BC 3000. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Max. temperature Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation Polychloroprene rubber (CR) 1.44 g/cm DIN EN ISO 1183-1 55 5 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 min. 25% DIN 53512 max. 85C 10 m (width 1 100 mm) Black Thickness 2 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 3.02 kg/m 4.53 kg/m 6.04 kg/m 7.55 kg/m 9.06 kg/m Weight
528 7835 CHEMOLINE 3/CN 528 7842 CHEMOLINE 3/CN 528 7859 CHEMOLINE 3/CN 528 7866 CHEMOLINE 3/CN 528 7873 CHEMOLINE 3/CN
CHEMOLINE 3
Polychloroprene material that may be vulcanised in the shop with hot air or steam in an autoclave or can self-vulcanise on-site within 2 - 3 months at ambient temperature (T > + 25 C). Bonding with Metal Primer PR 300 / Cement BC 3000 or Metal Primer PR 304 / Cement BC 3004 (CFC-free adhesive system). Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Max. temperature Roll length Color 528 2531 CHEMOLINE 3 528 2579 CHEMOLINE 3 528 2610 CHEMOLINE 3 528 2658 CHEMOLINE 3 528 2696 CHEMOLINE 3 Ref. No. Designation Polychloroprene rubber (CR) 1.44 g/cm DIN EN ISO 1183-1 55 5 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 min. 25% DIN 53512 max. 85C 10 m (width 1 100 mm) Black Thickness 2 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 3.03 kg/m 4.54 kg/m 6.05 kg/m 7.56 kg/m 9.08 kg/m Weight
172

CHEMOLINE 4
Properties: Excellent diffusion resistance to gases such as sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxides and saturated water vapour Outstanding chemical resistance to mineral acids, bases, aqueous phases and polar solvents Weatherproof Area of application: Lining for Crystallisers Flue gas desulfurisation plants Pickling baths Pipe spools Storage containers Road tank cars Railway tank cars Ship cargo holds
CHEMOLINE 4/CN
Pre-cured bromobutyl material with sticky-back CN bonding layer. General Technical Approval Z.59.22-149 from DIBt. Bonding with Metal Primer PR 304 / Cement BC 3004 or Metal Primer PR 300 / Cement BC 3000. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Max. temperature Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation Bromobutyl rubber (BIIR) 1.27 g/cm 50 5 Shore A min. 6% max. 85C 10 m (width 1 100 mm) Black DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
528 7897 CHEMOLINE 4/CN 528 7907 CHEMOLINE 4/CN 528 7914 CHEMOLINE 4/CN 528 7921 CHEMOLINE 4/CN
Thickness 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm
4.14 kg/m 5.47 kg/m 6.80 kg/m 8.14 kg/m
Weight
173

CHEMOLINE 4 A
Un-vulcanised bromobutyl material, to be vulcanised in an autoclave. General Technical Approval Z-59.22-162 from DIBt. Applied with the two-layer primer system Primer PR 500-1 / Primer S 500-2 and bonding solution Cement TC 5000. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Max. temperature Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation Bromobutyl rubber (BIIR) 1.27 g/cm 50 5 Shore A min. 6% max. 100C 10 m (width 1 100 mm) Black
DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
528 2720 CHEMOLINE 4 A 528 2768 CHEMOLINE 4 A 528 2809 CHEMOLINE 4 A 528 2847 CHEMOLINE 4 A 528 2885 CHEMOLINE 4 A
Thickness 2 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm
Weight
CHEMOLINE 4 B
Uncured bromobutyl material for self-vulcanising construction site applications. General Technical Approval Z-59.22-159 from DIBt. Applied with the two-layer primer system Primer PR 500-1 / Primer S 500-2 and bonding solution Cement TC 5000. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Max. temperature Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation Bromobutyl rubber (BIIR) 1.27 g/cm 50 5 Shore A** min. 6% max. 100C 10 m (width 1 100 mm) Black DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
528 3097 CHEMOLINE 4 B
Thickness 3 mm 2 mm
6 mm
5 mm
4 mm
8.01 kg/m
6.67 kg/m
5.34 kg/m
4.01 kg/m
2.67 kg/m
Weight
*Vulcanisation requires about 3-4 months at an ambient temperature of 25C.
174

CHEMOLINE 5
Properties: Excellent diffusion resistance to gases such as sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxides and saturated water vapour Weatherproof Good chemical resistance to mineral acids, bases and aqueous liquors Area of application: Lining for Seawater desalination plants Pickling baths Stirrer vessels Filter vessels Slurry tanks Ion exchangers Pipe spools
CHEMOLINE 5 B
Self-vulcanising bromobutyl chloroprene material. Applied with the two-layer primer system Primer PR 500-1 / Primer S 500-2 and bonding solution Cement TC 5000 with a subsequent thermal treatment. When the rubber sheet has already begun to vulcanise, bonding on steel is achieved using Metal Primer PR 304 / Cement BC 3004. Alternatively, the adhesive system Metal Primer PR 300 / Cement BC 3000 may be used. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Max. temperature Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation Bromobutyl chloroprene rubber (BIIR) 1.30 g/cm DIN EN ISO 1183-1 50 5 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 min. 10% DIN 53512 up to 90C. 10 m (width 1 100 mm) black Thickness 3 mm 2 mm 2.65 kg/m Weight
6 mm
5 mm
4 mm
7.94 kg/m
6.62 kg/m
5.30 kg/m
3.97 kg/m
175

CHEMOLINE 5/CN
Self-vulcanising bromobutyl chloroprene material with sticky-back CN bonding layer. Bonding with Metal Primer PR 304 / Cement BC 3004 or Metal Primer PR 300 / Cement BC 3000. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation Bromobutyl chloroprene rubber (BIIR/CR) 1.30 g/cm DIN EN ISO 1183-1 50 5 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 min. 10% DIN 53512 10 m (width 1 100 mm) Black Thickness 4 mm 3 mm 4.11 kg/m Weight
528 7976 CHEMOLINE 5/CN
6 mm
5 mm
8.08 kg/m
6.76 kg/m
5.44 kg/m
176

CHEMOLINE 8
Properties: Good chemical resistance to mineral acids, bases and aqueous liquors. Outstanding resistance to media with oxidising effects such as sodium hypochlorite and chromic acid Area of application: For the chemicals, chloride and steel industry, especially for electroplating For storage and transport containers (lining of road and railway tank cars) Lining of transport containers for transporting varying types of chemicals as well as mixed and used acids
CHEMOLINE 8
Un-vulcanised CSM/PVC material for autoclave or hot-air vulcanisation. General Technical Approval Z.59.22-234 from DIBt. Applied with the two-layer primer system Primer HG 1 / Primer HG 2 and bonding solutions Cement TC 6000 and CHEMO 8 SOLUTION. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Max. temperature Roll length Color Ref. No. 528 3736 CHEMOLINE 8 Designation CSM / PVC 1.20 g/cm 73 5 Shore A* min. 20% max. 80C 10 m (width 1 100 mm) Brown 2 mm DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
Thickness 3 mm
528 3891 CHEMOLINE 8
6 mm
5 mm
4 mm
7.56 kg/m
6.30 kg/m
5.04 kg/m
3.78 kg/m
2.52 kg/m
Weight
CHEMOLINE 8/CN
Pre-vulcanised CSM/PVC material with sticky-back CN bonding layer. Bonding with Metal Primer PR 304 / Cement BC 3004 or Metal Primer PR 300 / Cement BC 3000. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Max. temperature Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation CSM / PVC 1.20 g/cm 65 5 Shore A min. 20% max. 80C 10 m (width 1 100 mm) Black 3 mm DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512

*Vulcanisation with autoclaves
Thickness 4 mm
6 mm
5 mm
7.75 kg/m
6.49 kg/m
5.23 kg/m
3.97 kg/m
Weight
177

CHEMOLINE 55
Properties: Outstanding resistance to chemicals with moderate concentrations and high solid contents Resists abrasion Area of application: Lining of plant components in ore dressing and fertiliser industries
CHEMOLINE 55
Un-vulcanized NR material that can be vulcanized in the workshop with pressurised steam (autoclave). Applied with the two-layer primer system Primer PR 500-1 / Primer S 500-2 and bonding solution REMACLAVE Solution. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. 528 3925 CHEMOLINE 55 Designation Natural rubber 1.13 g/cm 55 5 Shore A from 63% 10 m (width 1 100 mm) Black 3 mm DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
Thickness 4 mm
6 mm
5 mm
7.12 kg/m
5.94 kg/m
4.75 kg/m
3.56 kg/m
Weight
CHEMOLINE 55/CN
Pre-vulcaniesd NR material with sticky-back CN bonding layer. The lining material CHEMOLINE 55/CN is bonded onto steel with Metal Primer PR 304 in combination with Cement BC 3004. Alternatively, the adhesive system Metal Primer PR 300 / Cement BC 3000 may be used. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Resilience Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation Natural rubber 1.13 g/cm 55 5 Shore A from 63% 10 m Black 3 mm DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1 DIN 53512
528 9905 CHEMOLINE 55/CN 528 9929 CHEMOLINE 55/CN
Thickness 4 mm 6 mm 5 mm
3,81 kg/m 6.19 kg/m 5.0 kg/m
Weight
7.37 kg/m
178

CHEMOLINE 70
Properties: Outstanding resistance to hydrochloric acid (HCI) up to maximum concentration Good chemical resistance to mineral acids, bases and aqueous liquors Area of application: Lining for Acid pickling baths and electroplating baths Tanks for manufacturing, storing and regeneration of hydrochloric acid
CHEMOLINE 70/CN
Pre-vulcanised chlorobutyl rubber material with sticky-back CN bonding layer. Bonding with Metal Primer PR 304 / Cement BC 3004 or Metal Primer PR 300 / Cement BC 3000. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Roll length Color Ref. No. Designation Chlorobutyl rubber and PVC (CIIR/PVC) 1.17 g/cm DIN EN ISO 1183-1 57 5 Shore A DIN ISO 7619-1 10 m (width 1 100 mm) Black Thickness 4 mm 3 mm 3.90 kg/m Weight
6 mm
5 mm
7.59 kg/m
6.36 kg/m
5.13 kg/m
CHEMOLINE RT
CHEMOLINE RT
Un-vulcanised bromobutyl material that can be vulcanised in the workshop by means of hot air or steam in the autoclave alternatively. To be used in applications with operating temeparatures of up to 120 C. Applied with the two-layer primer system Primer HG 1 / Primer HG 2 and the bonding solution Cement TC 5002. Ref. No. 528 4000 CHEMOLINE RT Designation Thickness 3 mm 2 mm 2.38 kg/m Weight
528 4040 CHEMOLINE RT
6 mm
5 mm
4 mm
7.14 kg/m
5.95 kg/m
4.76 kg/m
3.57 kg/m
179

CHEMOLINE RT/CN
Pre-cured bromobutyl material with sticky-back CN bonding layer. Bonding with Metal Primer PR 304 / Cement BC 3004 or Metal Primer PR 300 / Cement BC 3000. Ref. No. 528 4680 CHEMOLINE RT/CN 528 4690 CHEMOLINE RT/CN 528 4700 CHEMOLINE RT/CN 528 4710 CHEMOLINE RT/CN 528 4720 CHEMOLINE RT/CN Designation Thickness 2 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 2.38 kg/m 3.57 kg/m 4.76 kg/m 5.95 kg/m 7.14 kg/m Weight
180

Adhesive system for CHEMOLINE CN (vulcanised)
Metal Primer
Properties: REMA TIP TOP metal primer is used to promote adhesion of elastomermetal bonds. Primer improves the adhesion strength. Primers and adhesives that are designed to work together produce a bonding system with superior stability. Aside from excellent adhesion of rubber-metal, the primers offer additional temporary corrosion protection for the prepared steel surfaces with low consumption of materials and easy application. Area of application: REMA TIP TOP metal primers are used to pretreat metal surfaces. Use of primer promotes the bonding strength and temperature stability of rubbermetal bonds, and guarantees reliability of the bond with high dynamic and static strength.
Metal primer
For pre-treatment of metal surfaces prior to rubber-metal bonding. Ref. No. 525 2414 Metal Primer PR 300, Nonflammable for Cement SC 2000/BC 3000 Designation Colour Content red red red red 1 kg Qty 10 1 10 1 525 2414
593 0877 Metal Primer PR 300, Nonflammable for Cement SC 2000/BC 3000
13 kg 750 g 10 kg
525 4112
181

Adhesive system for CHEMOLINE CN (vulcanised)
Adhesives and hardeners

Properties: REMA TIP TOP bonding systems are easy to use and guarantee reliable, strong bonds. The two-component adhesive systems are used with 4% hardener and display outstanding contact bonding properties. For conveyor belt splices and repairs, Cement SC series adhesives offer optimized time windows for contact bonding and long pot life. The Cement BC series offers especially long open time and a pot life of up to 6 hours for large-area corrosion and abrasion protection applications. Carefully matched raw materials, consistent production and a high standard of quality for the packaging results in long shelf-life. Area of application: Two-component adhesive for reliable rubber-rubber, rubber-fabric, rubbermetal and fabric-fabric bonding, may be used in corrosion and wear protection applications.
Cement BC 3004
CFC-free Long open contact adhesion time - especially for large-area corrosion protection linings. Long curing time. Not suitable for repairing and splicing conveyor belts or for bonding that requires high initial adhesion strength. Processed with 4% E 40 hardener (30 g per 0.7 kg). Ref. No. 525 4088 Cement BC 3004 Designation Colour blue blue Content 4.5 kg 0.7 kg Qty 10 1 1 1 1 525 4088
525 4105 Cement BC 3004
525 4130 Cement BC 3004
525 4143 Cement BC 3004
525 4095 Cement BC 3004
blue
blue
blue
30 g
190 kg
18 kg
9 kg
10
525 1067
Cement BC 3000
Nonflammable Long open contact adhesion time - especially for large-area corrosion protection linings. Long curing time. Not suitable for repairing and splicing conveyor belts or for bonding that requires high initial adhesion strength. Processed with 4% UT-R 20 hardener (40 g per 1 kg). Ref. No. 525 2469 Cement BC 3000 Designation Colour blue blue Content 6 kg 1 kg Qty 10 1 10 1 1
525 2490 Cement BC 3000
525 4072 Cement BC 3000
525 4065 Cement BC 3000
blue
blue
40 g
290 kg
12 kg
525 2469
525 1043
182

Bonding system for CHEMOLINE (un-vulcanised)
Primer system PR 500-1 / S 500-2

Properties: The bonding system is used for applying CHEMOLINE soft rubber linings to steel substrates. Vulcanisation is achieved under pressure in an autoclave operated with hot air or stem, or with hot water if permissible. The two-layer primer system is processed in combination with the bonding solution TC 5000 or the REMACLAVE SOLUTION in case of CHEMOLINE 55. The primer system is also used for the selfvulcanising CHEMOLINE butyl rubber linings. Area of application: For application of: CHEMOLINE 4A CHEMOLINE 4B CHEMOLINE 5B CHEMOLINE 8 CHEMOLINE 12 CHEMOLINE 55
Primer PR 500-1
Ref. No. 525 2303 Primer PR 500-1 Designation Content 4.5 kg 0.75 kg Qty 10 1 1 10
525 2334 Primer PR 500-1
525 2327 Primer PR 500-1
525 2470 Primer PR 500-1
25 kg
9 kg
Primer S 500-2
Ref. No. 525 2310 Primer S 500-2 Designation Content 4.5 kg 0.75 kg Qty 10 1 1 10
525 2358 Primer S 500-2
525 2341 Primer S 500-2
525 2480 Primer S 500-2
25 kg
9 kg
Bonding solution CEMENT TC 5000

Properties: CEMENT TC 5000 is based on Bromobutyl rubber dissolved in organic solvents. It is applied in combination with the two-layer primer system Primer PR 500-1 and Primer S 500-2. Area of application: For application of: CHEMOLINE 4A CHEMOLINE 4B CHEMOLINE 5B CHEMOLINE 12 CHEMOLINE 55
CEMENT TC 5000
Ref. No. 525 2389 CEMENT TC 5000 Designation Content 9 kg 4.5 kg Qty 1 1
525 2224 CEMENT TC 5000
525 2286 CEMENT TC 5000
25 kg
183

Bonding system for CHEMOLINE (un-vulcanised)
Bonding solution for CHEMOLINE 8

Properties: The bonding solutions CEMENT TC 6000 and CHEMO8 Solution are used exclusively for processing CHEMOLINE 8. They are bonding solutions based on Chlorosulfonated Polyethelyne. They are applied in combination with the two-layer primer system Primer HG 1 and Primer HG 2. Area of application: For application of: CHEMOLINE 8
CEMENT TC 6000
Ref. No. 525 2200 CEMENT TC 6000 Designation Content 9 kg Qty 1
CHEMO 8 SOLUTION
CHEMO 8 SOLUTION is used exclusively for seams (rubber-rubber attachment) of uncured CHEMOLINE 8 material. Ref. No. 525 4190 CHEMO 8 SOLUTION Designation Content 9 kg 4.5 kg Qty 1 1
525 4167 CHEMO 8 SOLUTION
Bonding solution REMACLAVE SOLUTION

Properties: REMACLAVE SOLUTION is a bonding solution based on natural rubber. It is applied in combination with the two-layer primer system Primer PR 500-1 and Primer S 500-2. Area of application: For application of: CHEMOLINE 55 REMACLAVE materials
REMACLAVE SOLUTION
Ref. No. 538 1600 REMACLAVE SOLUTION Designation Content 3.5 kg 0.5 kg Qty 1 1
538 1620 REMACLAVE SOLUTION
538 1610 REMACLAVE SOLUTION
7 kg
184

CHEMONIT Hard rubber lining
CHEMONIT 31
Properties: Good chemical resistance to mineral acids, bases, aqueous liquors and organic chemicals Good resistance to temperature cycling Area of application: For lining pipe spools, stirrer vessels, storage vessels, in the chemicals, chlorine and steel industries, ore processing and electroplating Also available as vulcanised plates for flange lining
CHEMONIT 31
Un-vulcanised NR hard rubber material, to be vulcanised in an autoclave with hot air or steam. General Technical Approval Z.59.22-140 DIBt. Applied with the two-layer primer system Primer HG 1 / Primer HG 2 and bonding solutions SH-3A and PARA. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Max. temperature Roll length Color 529 3922 CHEMONIT 31 Ref. No. Designation Natural rubber (NR) 1.17 g/cm 75 5 Shore D max. 100C 10 m (width 1 100 mm) Black DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1
529 4086 CHEMONIT 31
6 mm
5 mm
4 mm
3 mm
2 mm
Thickness
7.19 kg/m
5.99 kg/m
4.79 kg/m
3.60 kg/m
2.40 kg/m
Weight
185

CHEMONIT 33
Properties: Good chemical resistance to mineral acids, bases and aqueous liquors Particularly resistant to wet chlorine and hydrochloric acid Area of application: For lining pipe spools, stirrer vessels, storage tanks, in the chemicals, chlorine and steel industries, as well as ore processing and electroplating
CHEMONIT 33
Un-vulcanised NR hard rubber material, to be vulcanised in an autoclave with hot air or steam. Applied with the two-layer primer system Primer HG 1 / Primer HG 2 and bonding solutions SH-3A and PARA. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Max. temperature Roll length Color 529 5102 CHEMONIT 33 Ref. No. Designation Natural rubber (NR) 1.28 g/cm 78 7 Shore D max. 100C 10 m (width 1 100 mm) Black DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1
6 mm
5 mm
4 mm
3 mm
2 mm
Thickness
8.07 kg/m
6.72 kg/m
5.38 kg/m
4.04 kg/m
2.69 kg/m
Weight
186

CHEMONIT 35
Properties: Good chemical resistance to mineral acids, bases and aqueous liquors Oustanding resistance to concentrated hydrochloric acids Area of application: For lining pipe spools, stirrer vessels, storage tanks, crystallisers, centrifuges, in the chemicals, chlorine and steel industries, as well as ore processing and electroplating Lining of storage and tranpsort containers for hydrochloric acids (railway tank cars)
CHEMONIT 35
Un-vulcanised hard rubber material based on Polyisoprene (IR) and styrenebutadiene rubber (SBR), to be vulcanised on site with steam and hot water (T = 95 C) or in an autoclave with hot air or steam. General Technical Approval Z-59.22-322 from DIBt as an organic surface protection for storage tanks subject to WHG 19 I. Applied with the two-layer primer system Primer HG 1 / Primer HG 2 and bonding solutions SH-3A or SH-3E and PARA. Polymer basis Specific weight Hardness Max. temperature Roll length Color Ref. No. 529 6785 CHEMONIT 35 529 6826 CHEMONIT 35 529 6864 CHEMONIT 35 529 6905 CHEMONIT 35 529 6943 CHEMONIT 35 Designation Polyisoprene (IR) / Styrenebutadiene rubber (SBR) 1.29 g/cm* 78 5 Shore D** max. 100 C 10 m Anthracite DIN ISO 1629 DIN EN ISO 1183-1 DIN ISO 7619-1
Thickness 2 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm
Weight
*Density after vulcanisation **Autoclave vulcanisation
187

Bonding system for CHEMONIT hard rubber linings
Primer system HG 1 / HG 2
Properties: The bonding system is used for applying CHEMONIT hard rubber lining and CHEMOLINE 8 to steel substrates. Vulcanisation is achieved under pressure in an autoclave operated with hot air or steam, or with hot water if permissible. The two-layer primer system is processed in combination with the bonding solution SH-3A or with Cement TC 6000. Area of application: For application of: CHEMONIT 3B CHEMONIT 18 CHEMONIT 31 CHEMONIT 31 HW CHEMONIT 33 CHEMONIT 34 CHEMONIT 34 HW CHEMONIT 35 CHEMONIT 181 CHEMOLINE 8
Primer HG 1
525 2949 Primer HG 1 Ref. No. Designation 0.75 kg Content Qty 10 1 1
525 2963 Primer HG 1
25.0 kg
9.0 kg
Primer HG 2
525 2970 Primer HG 2 Ref. No. Designation 0.75 kg Content Qty 10 1 1
25 kg
9 kg
Bonding solution SH-3A

Properties: The bonding solution SH-3A is a bonding solution based on natural rubber, which is used for applying our uncured CHEMONIT hard rubber material to a primed steel substrate. Area of application: For application of: CHEMONIT 3B CHEMONIT 18 CHEMONIT 31 CHEMONIT 33 CHEMONIT 35 CHEMONIT 181
Bonding solution SH-3A

538 1430 Bonding solution SH-3A 250 sec Ref. No. Designation 21 kg Content Qty 1
188

Bonding system for CHEMONIT hard rubber linings
Bonding solution SH-3E

Properties: The bonding solution SH-3E is a bonding solution based on natural rubber, which is used for applying our uncured CHEMONIT hard rubber material to a primed steel substrate.The bonding solution SH-3E is based on a special benzine with especially high flash point to allow combined oversea transportation together with the rubber lining material in refrigerated containers. Area of application: For the application of: CHEMONIT 3B CHEMONIT 18 CHEMONIT 31 CHEMONIT 33 CHEMONIT 35 CHEMONIT 181
Bonding solution SH-3E

Ref. No. 538 1513 Bonding solution SH-3E Designation Content 8 kg 12 kg Qty 1 1 1
538 1402 Bonding solution SH-3E
538 1431 Bonding solution SH-3E
21 kg
Bonding solution PARA

Properties: The bonding solution PARA is a bonding solution based on natural rubber, which is used for processing our uncured CHEMONIT material. The bonding solution PARA may be applied on the rubber sheet as an alternative to bonding solution SH-3A . Area of application: For application of: CHEMONIT 3B CHEMONIT 18 CHEMONIT 31 CHEMONIT 33 CHEMONIT 35 CHEMONIT 181
F
Qty
PARA bonding solution

Ref. No. 538 1504 Bonding solution PARA Designation Content 6 kg 21 kg 1 1
538 1460 Bonding solution PARA
189

Accessories
Materials for flange lining

Properties: Heavy-duty and durable flange facings. The flange facings are lined with either pre-vulcanised hard rubber plates or with the soft rubber material CHEMO-LINE 3F/CN. Area of application: Flange lining
CHEMONIT hard rubber sheets

The hard rubber sheets are autoclave vulcanized. REMAFIX H is used for bonding. The permitted surface pressure is up to 10 MPa. 529 6950 CHEMONIT hard rubber sheet 529 6960 CHEMONIT hard rubber sheet 529 6970 CHEMONIT hard rubber sheet Ref. No. Designation 3 x 1 000 x 1 000 mm 4 x 1 000 x 1 000 mm 5 x 1 000 x 1 000 mm Dimensions Weight 5.8 kg/m 7.3 kg/m 8.7 kg/m Content 1 pc 1 pc 1 pc
CHEMOLINE 3F/CN
CHEMOLINE 3F/CN is used to line flange facings. The CR-based material allows maximum surface pressure of 2 MPa. REMA TIP TOP adhesive system from the Cement BC series is used for processing. 528 7093 CHEMOLINE 3F/CN 528 7103 CHEMOLINE 3F/CN 528 7110 CHEMOLINE 3F/CN Ref. No. Designation 3 x 1 000 x 10 000 mm 4 x 1 000 x 10 000 mm 6 x 1 000 x 10 000 mm Dimensions 4.4 kg/m 5.9 kg/m 8,9 kg/m Weight
190
Wear protection Conveying Bonding systems Conveyor maintenance Coating systems Rubber lining for corrosion protection
A B C D E F G H
Protective clothing and safety equipment Tools and accessories
191-233
192-196 197-233
Tools Appendix
191
Tools
Protective clothing and safety equipment
Respirator
Properties: Filter class P1: For solid particles of inert materials in accordance with the TLV (threshold limit value) list (for quartz-containing particulate matter only when safely below TLV), with a maximum pollutant concentration of 5 times the TLV Filter class A1: For organic solvents, suitable for all REMA TIP TOP industrial adhesives, primers, cleaning fluids, etc., with a maximum pollutant concentration of 1 000 ml/m (ppm)
Fine dust filter mask 3M

For short-term grinding work. Filter class P1 (EN 149:2001). Ref. No. 594 0350 Fine dust filter mask 3M 594 0350 Designation
Half-mask 244
Half-mask complete with filters and exhalation valve. Gas filter unit A 90/24. Filter class A1. Ref. No. 594 0100 Half-mask 244 Designation
594 0100
594 0110 Gas filter unit A 90/24, Filter class A1 594 0110
Ex Meter II
To measure and monitor the TLV when working, for example, with products containing solvents. If a hazard of exposure to explosive atmospheres exists, the device emits a warning signal. Ref. No. 595 2910 Ex Meter II Designation 595 2910
192
Tools
Face protection
Safety goggles
594 0711 Safety goggle XC 594 0712 Eyeshield AX 1H Ref. No. Designation Content Qty 12 100 594 0711
594 0715 Hang cord for safety goggle XC
594 0716 Pre-moistend lens cleaning towelettes
Case for safety goggles

Quick-tip opening for fast removal of the safety goggles. Simple fastener, plastic model in bright, signal colour and international symbol for wear safety goggles. Ref. No. 594 0720 Case for safety goggles Designation 594 0720
Face protector SUPERVIZOR SB 600

Head strap with forehead protection made of polycarbonate without metal parts. Excellent comfort thanks to adjustable straps and ratchet headgear. Shockproof. Replaceable shield of transparent acetate. Protects against aggressive chemicals and solvents. Ref. No. 594 0740 Head strap, without face shield 594 0750 Face shield Designation SUPERVIZOR SB 600, complete
Knee and hand protection

Knee guard
574 2872 Knee guard Ref. No. Designation Content 1 pair 574 2872
193
Tools
Working gloves
594 0010 Working gloves, Split leather Ref. No. Designation gray Colour Content 1 pair 1 pair 1 pair 594 0010 594 0020
595 2580 Protective gloves Profi Classic, Size 10 NBR-coated cotton gloves. Extremely durable, highly flexible, allow good touch sensitivity and are highly resistant to abrasion. Feature good resistance to oil, grease and fuel.
595 2775 Protective gloves Profi Classic, Size 9 NBR-coated cotton gloves. Extremely durable, highly flexible, allow good touch sensitivity and are highly resistant to abrasion. Feature good resistance to oil, grease and fuel.
595 1453 Cutting protection glove Suitable for right or left hand.
519 7200 Working gloves Vulcanizer, 3 fingers, total length 350 mm Special heat- and steam-resistant leather, lined, long gauntlet and pulse guard.
594 0020 Working gloves, All-leather Fabric back and gauntlet with elastic band. Leather palms, fingertips and knuckle guard.
yellow
1 piece 1 pair
519 7200 595 1453
1 pair 595 2775
595 2580
Skin protection
SKIN PROTECT
Protective skin cream to be applied before starting to work. 593 2094 SKIN PROTECT Ref. No. Designation 50 ml tube Content 593 2094
194
Tools
Skin cleaning
Hand cleaner SOFT
Contains lanolin and oils. No added solvents. Gentle to the skin. 593 0498 Hand cleaner SOFT Ref. No. Designation 0.5 l bucket 11 l bucket Content 593 0498 593 0450
593 0450 Hand cleaner SOFT
Hand cleaner SUPER

Removes stubborn soiling. 593 0481 Hand cleaner SUPER Ref. No. Designation 4 l bucket Content 593 0481 593 0443
593 0443 Hand cleaner SUPER
11 l bucket
Hand cleaner TOP CLEAN

Creamy and strong but gentle hand cleaner. 593 2001 Hand cleaner TOP CLEAN 593 2025 Hand cleaner TOP CLEAN 593 2018 Hand cleaner TOP CLEAN Ref. No. Designation 250 ml tube 10 l bucket Content 593 2001 593 2018
5 l bucket
G
Accessories Hand Cleaner
Ref. No. 593 0467 Hand cleaner dispenser Designation 593 2025
593 0467
195
Tools
Skin care
SILK SKIN
Skin care after work. 593 2400 SILK PROTECT 593 2440 SILK SKIN Ref. No. Designation 2 000 ml bottle 2 000 ml bottle 593 2440 Content 593 2400
Accessories SILK SKIN

Ref. No. 593 2490 Wall dispenser UNI 2000, plastic Designation
Shoe covers
Properties: To avoid damage to rubber lining by shoes, we recommend wearing shoe covers.
Shoe covers
595 2850 Shoe covers STANDARD Ref. No. Designation Content 1 pair 595 2850
196
Tools
Tools and accessories
Conveyor belt tensioning systems

Conveyor belt tensioning device
Ref. No. 595 8614 Tensioning clamp, size 1, belt width up to 650 mm Set includes: - 2 x 595 8621 belt clamps, size 1 - 1 x 595 8638 ring spanner 27/30 - 2 x 595 8700 conveyor belt tensioners, 3 kN - 2 x 595 8724 chains, 13 mm , 5 m long Designation
595 8676 Tensioning clamp, size 2, belt width 650 1 000 mm Set includes: - 2 x 595 8683 belt clamps, size 2 - 1 x 595 8638 ring spanner 27/30 - 2 x 595 8700 conveyor belt tensioners, 3 kN - 2 x 595 8724 chains, 13 mm , 5 m long 595 8731 Tensioning clamp, size 3, belt width 800 1 200 mm Set includes: - 2 x 595 8748 belt clamps, size 3 - 1 x 595 8638 ring spanner 27/30 - 2 x 595 8700 conveyor belt tensioners, 3 kN - 2 x 595 8724 chains, 13 mm , 5 m long
TT Belt tensioners
Mechanical clamping device (eccentric clamp) for securing conveyor belts. Set includes: 1 pair, with hoisting cables 530 0695 TT Belt tensioners for belt width 650 mm Ref. No. Designation 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm 105 mm 105 mm 105 mm 105 mm 105 mm 105 mm 105 mm 105 mm 18/18 kg 20/20 kg 24/24 kg 55/55 kg 60/60 kg 65/65 kg 70/70 kg 75/75 kg 82/82 kg 88/88 kg 94/94 kg Weight Content 1 pair TT belt tensioners
530 0891 TT Belt tensioners for belt width 2 600 mm
530 0705 TT Belt tensioners for belt width 800 mm
1 pair 1 pair 1 pair 1 pair 1 pair 1 pair 1 pair 1 pair 1 pair 1 pair
197
Tools
Cable winches
Properties: For lifting, pulling and tensioning in any position and direction, without shock and with absolute precision.
Cable winch TU 8
Ref. No. 594 0050 Cable winch TU 8 Cable length 20 m, 8 mm with tip and hook on hand reel. Designation Capacity 0.8 t Weight 8.0 kg
Cable winch TU 16
Ref. No. 594 0060 Cable winch TU 16 Cable length 20 m, 11.5 mm with tip and hook on hand reel. Designation Capacity 1.6 t Weight 18.5 kg
594 0050
Cable winch TU 32
Ref. No. 594 0070 Cable winch TU 32 Cable length 20 m, 16 mm with tip and hook on hand reel. Designation Capacity 3.2 t Weight 27.5 kg
Chain winches
Chain winch with round-link chain
For lifting, lowering, pulling and tensioning. Model with round-link chain. Chain length: 1.5 m
594 0040 Chain winch RU 3.0 t
594 0030 Chain winch RU 1.5 t
Ref. No.
Designation
3.0 t
1.5 t
Capacity
25 mm
50 mm
Stroke per revolution
530 mm
405 mm
Height
Weight 24.0 kg 16.6 kg
198
Tools
Special tools
Tool bag
Real leather, black grained. Bag body reinforced with aluminium corners, stoppers, full-format front pocket, ring tabs, tool holders on front and back walls up to 16/26 mm. Tool bag without contents. 594 0570 Tool bag, inner dimensions 430 x 190 x 250 mm Ref. No. Designation Colour black 594 0570
Markers
For lettering of rubber surfaces. 595 0179 Marking pen, white Ref. No. Designation Qty 12 20 1 1
595 0179
595 0193
595 0045 Special rubber marker 595 0990 Ball tube marker, white 595 8449 Grease crayon, white
595 0193 Refills for 595 0179
10
595 0045
595 8449
Chalk line
Ref. No. 595 0310 Chalk line Includes chalk dust container. 595 0300 Chalk dust refill Designation 595 0310
595 0300
199
Tools
Marking iron, electric

For durable marking of conveyor belts and rubber components. 1 line for 7 numbers / letters (dimensions: 70 x 35 mm), height of lettering 12 mm. Available with letters A-Z and numbers 0 - 9. Ref. No. 519 0977 Marking iron - 300 W - 230 V 558 7195 Letter A 558 7205 Letter B 519 0977 Designation
558 7212 Letter C 558 7229 Letter D 558 7236 Letter E 558 7243 Letter F
558 7250 Letter G 558 7267 Letter H 558 7274 Letter I 558 7281 Letter J
558 7298 Letter K 558 7315 Letter L 558 7322 Letter M 558 7339 Letter N 558 7353 Letter P 558 7346 Letter O 558 7360 Letter Q 558 7377 Letter R 558 7384 Letter S 558 7391 Letter T
558 7401 Letter U 558 7418 Letter V 558 7425 Letter W 558 7432 Letter X 558 7449 Letter Y 558 7456 Letter Z
558 7463 Number 1 558 7470 Number 2 558 7487 Number 3 558 7494 Number 4 558 7504 Number 5 558 7511 Number 6 558 7528 Number 7 558 7535 Number 8 558 7542 Number 9 558 7559 Number 0
200
Tools
Metal square
Ref. No. 594 0210 Metal square, 500 mm 594 0210 Designation
Roll tape measure

Ref. No. 594 0230 Roll tape measure, 2 m Designation 594 0230
594 0240 Glass fibre measuring tape, 25 m
594 0240
Meter rule
Ref. No. 594 0250 Folding rule, 2 m Designation 594 0250
Ruler
Ref. No. 594 0220 Metal workshop ruler, 1 m Designation 594 0220
201
Tools
TT Steel Cable Cutter C 112

Easy cutting of all types of steel cables (up to 12.7 mm) when splicing steel cord conveyer belts. Ref. No. 595 0863 TT Steel Cable Cutter C 112 595 0890 Spare blade, movable 595 0891 spare blade, fix Designation
595 0863
Side nippers
For piano wire. DIN 5238. Type A. Grade H. Chrome vanadium, polished chrome plating. Ref. No. 594 0390 Side nippers, cut up to 1.6 mm 594 0400 Side nippers, cut up to 2 mm Designation
594 0390
594 0400
Pincers
Ref. No. 594 0420 Pincers, 210 mm 594 0430 Pincers, 250 mm 594 0580 Pincers, 300 mm, with lever Designation
594 0420
594 0430
594 0580
Grip tongs
Ref. No. 594 0440 Grip tongs Designation
594 0440
202
Tools
Vice grip
Ref. No. 595 1329 Vice grip Size 2 Designation Tensile load max. 30 kN max. 8 kN 595 1329
595 1336 Vice grip Size 3, HD model
595 1336
Moment clamps
Ref. No. 594 0540 Moment clamp, 160/80 Designation
594 0550 Moment clamp, 250/120 594 0560 Moment clamp, 500/120 Moment clamp
Rubber mallet
Ref. No. 594 0470 Rubber mallet, 1 kg Designation 594 0470
Hammer
Ref. No. 594 0450 Hammer, 0.5 kg 594 0460 Hammer, 1 kg Hammer Designation
203
Tools
Stitchers
Ref. No. 595 1044 Stitcher, 4 mm, with ball bearing Designation
595 1044 595 1123
595 1123 Stitcher, 12 mm, with ball bearing 595 1130 Stitcher, 45 mm, with ball bearing 595 1147 Needle stitcher, 27 mm 595 1154 Needle stitcher, 46 mm 595 1130 595 1147
595 1051 Stitcher, 45 mm, corrugated 595 2800 Neckstitcher, 4 mm
595 2790 Stitcher, Corrugated 31 mm 595 2810 Stitcher Plane, 34 mm 595 2820 Stitcher Opanol 6 mm 595 2830 Stitcher Pea 2 mm 595 1154 595 1051
595 2840 Stitcher Scaled 12 mm 595 2790 595 2810 595 2800 595 2840
595 2830 595 2820
Double-acting rollers
For optimized stiching when splicing fabric conveyor belts. Available in four sizes to match various belt widths. Ref. No. 595 1219 Double acting roller, size 1, belt width up to 800 mm Designation
595 1226 Double acting roller, size 2, belt width up to 1 200 mm 595 1233 Double acting roller, size 3, belt width up to 1 600 mm 595 1257 Double acting roller, size 4, belt width up to 2 000 mm Double acting roller
KST Scraper
For even pressing of uncured rubber sheets. Ref. No. 595 1422 KST Scraper Designation 595 1422
204
Tools
Knives
595 2074 Rubber cutting knife, 5, 125 mm blade length 595 2067 Rubber cutting knife, 6, 145 mm blade length 595 2050 Rubber cutting knife, curved, 8, 200 mm blade length Ref. No. Designation Qty 595 2067
595 2074
595 2184 Rubber cutting knife, 10, 250 mm blade length 595 2191 Rubber cutting knife, 12, 310 mm blade length 595 2012 Knife Don Carlos, adjustable 595 2029 Spare blade, for 595 2012 595 2184
595 2050
595 2177 Knife Don Carlos, adjustable, fully retractable blade 595 2218 Spare blade, for 595 2177 595 2115 Ply knife, nonadjustable 595 2108 Ply knife, adjustable 595 2373 Ply knife TOP 595 2139 Offset knife
595 2012 595 2029 595 2218 595 2115
595 2146 Spare blade, for 595 2108
595 2081 Push knife Quarter moon 595 2098 Push knife Flat moon 594 0490 Universal knife, 150 mm, retractable blade Includes 5 blades in handle. 594 0480 Cutting knife, 135 mm Includes 5 blades in handle.
595 2108 5 5 10 595 2373
595 2146
594 0500 Trapeze spare blade, for 594 0490, 594 0480 594 0510 Hook spare blade, for 594 0490, 594 0480 594 0530 All-metal universal knife 594 0520 Spare blade, for 5940530
595 2139
595 2081 595 2098
594 2098 594 0480
594 0500
594 0510
594 0520
594 0530
205
Tools
Sharpening equipment
Ref. No. 595 2160 Whetsteel, 8, with plastic handle 595 2225 Whetstone, 230 mm 595 2153 Whetstone, with wooden handle Designation
595 2160
595 2225
595 2153
Hot knife cutting device

This special tool was developed for working with uncured rubber sheets. The heating system makes rubber application much faster than with standard knives, eliminating the need to cut rubber sheets to size on the cutting table. The hot iron reduces the effort involved in applying the lining material. Use of the appropriate temperature settings ensures continuous operation. The 42 V operation allows use in closed containers. Ref. No. 595 9350 CHEMOCUT - Hot knife cutting device 595 9370 CHEMOCUT - Hollow blade 21 mm 595 9360 CHEMOCUT - Hollow blade 25 mm 595 9390 CHEMOCUT - Pointed blade 595 9380 CHEMOCUT - Straight blade 595 9400 CHEMOCUT - Hot iron Designation
595 9340 CHEMOCUT - 42 V transformer
Fabric belt cutting device

Precise cutting of EP conveyor belts at right angles. Belt width of up to 1400 mm. Ref. No. 595 2500 Belt cutting device Designation 595 2500
595 2517 Spare cutting blade
206
Tools
Stripper device Junio Stripper 3

For removing old rubber lagging/lining from smooth metal surfaces (e.g. pulley lagging). Set includes: Hand stripper Junio3 (230/115 V), blade 120 mm, flat wrench SW10, transport container, ear protection and operating instructions. Ref. No. 595 0960 Junio Stripper 3 - 230 V, Blade width 120 mm Designation Power 800 Watts 800 Watts Voltage 230 V 110 V Weight 3.6 kg 3.6 kg 595 0960
595 0970 Junio Stripper 3 - 115 V, Blade width 120 mm
595 0904 Spare blade, 120 mm For Junio Stripper 3 (595 0960, 595 0970) and prior model, Junio Stripper HS 800 (595 0887). 595 1202 Spare blade, 135 mm For prior model, Combi-Stripper (595 1185).
595 0904
Supercut FSC 2.0

The Supercut FSC 2.0 with its oscillating blade is suitable for removing small parts of rubber lining especially where space and access is limited. Top covers of steel cord conveyor belts are safe and easy to remove with the included blade and scraper. Wattage/Power: 400 W Oscillations: 11 000 - 18 000 1/min Weight: 1.5 kg 595 3540 Supercut FSC 2.0 - 230 V Ref. No. Designation Content 5 2 595 3530 595 3520
595 3540
595 3520 Blade for Supercut FSC 2.0
595 3530 Scraper for Supercut FSC 2.0
Pulling clamp
For holding and pulling rubber with the Junio Stripper. Ref. No. 595 1192 Pulling clamp Designation 595 1192
207
Tools
Ply lifter
For preparing fabric conveyor belt splices. Ref. No. 595 2122 Ply lifter Designation 595 2122
Screwdriver
Ref. No. 594 0410 Screwdriver 14 x 250 mm Designation 594 0410
Spatula
Ref. No. 595 8126 Spatula 60 mm, with wooden handle Designation 595 8126
Scissors
Ref. No. 595 2287 Scissors 8 (200 mm) 595 2690 Angled scissors Designation 595 2287
595 2304 Scissors 10 (250 mm)
595 2690
Hand brush
Ref. No. 594 0000 Hand brush, with natural fibre Designation
594 0000
208
Tools
Brushes
Special high-quality brushes for applying primers and adhesives containing solvents. Ref. No. 595 8308 Brush, Short fibre bristles Designation 25 mm Qty 1 1
595 8308
595 8315
593 0618 Special brush For coating large surfaces.
595 0186 Brush, Long natural bristles
595 8339 Brush, Long fibre brisles
595 8315 Brush, Short fibre bristles
50 mm
30 mm
60 mm
40 mm
10
12
595 8339
595 0186
593 0618
Mixer for two-component pastes

Mixing tool for intensive and homogeneous mixing of two-component CHEMOKITT-L and CHEMONIT-repair pastes. Ref. No. 595 3901 Mixer for two-component pastes Designation 595 3901
Hand rasp
For manual buffing of rubber surfaces. Ref. No. 595 0021 Hand rasp Designation 595 0021
595 0038 Spare rasp blade 595 0038
Wire brush
Ref. No. 595 0069 Wire brush, 4 rows Designation 595 0069
209
Tools
Lamps
Ref. No. 594 0180 Hand lamp, 230 V / 8 W Designation
594 0180
594 0170 Hand lamp with 2 fluorescent lamps, 230 V / 8 W 594 0190 Spare fluorescent lamp, 230 V / 8 W 594 0160 Magnetic lamp holder 595 2930 Lamp 42 V
594 0170
594 0190
595 2780 Rechargeable hand lamp, 230 V / 8 W 594 0160 595 2930
Cable drum
With thermal protection and oil resistant rubber cable (50 m). Four power outlets for 230 V with Schuko plug. Ref. No. 594 0200 Cable drum Designation 594 0200
595 2780
Electric drill
Ref. No. 594 0590 Electric drill PSB 550 RE, forward/reverse operation, in plastic case Designation
594 0590
High-performance air buffer Air Super

For grinding and buffing small areas and contours. Continuously adjustable 0 - 3 600 rpm. (approx. 2 800 rpm when operating under load). 6-8 bar operating pressure with maintenance unit. Rear air exhaust with second hose. Ref. No. 595 0234 High-performance air buffer Air Super Includes quick coupling. Designation 595 0234
518 4206 High-performance air buffer Air Super Includes quick coupling and drill chuck.
210
Tools
Flexible shaft for electric drill

For tools with a maximum diameter of 75 mm. Ref. No. Designation Length 1 500 mm 1 500 mm Core diameter 8 mm 8 mm 517 3293 517 3286
517 3286 Flexible shaft Includes quick coupling.
517 3293 Holding device, for all common electric drills
Buffing motor ES 52 RC
Available only while supplies last! 595 0320 Buffing motor ES 52 RC, Flexible shaft W 12 Ref. No. Designation 2 800 rpm Speed 0.8 kW Power Voltage 220 V
Buffing motor with safety switch

The safety switch on the handle of the flexible shaft and the motor brake (included in delivery) stops tool operation immediately. This significantly improves operational safety. May be equipped with the adapter (595 1295) for flexible shaft W 15 (motor), for conversion to W 12. Customized models on request (such as special voltage and moisture protection). 595 1264 Buffing motor, flexible shaft W 15 Ref. No. Designation 1 400 rpm 2 800 rpm 1 400/ 2 800 rpm Speed 1.1 kW 1.1 kW 1.1 kW Power Voltage 230 V
595 1264
595 1288 Buffing motor, flexible shaft W 15
595 1271 Buffing motor, flexible shaft W 15
230 V 380 V
Accessories for buffing motor

Ref. No. 595 1305 Safety switch, (spare part) for buffing motor (595 1264, 595 1271, 595 1288) 595 1312 Support for buffing motor (595 1264, 595 1271, 595 1288) 595 1305 Designation
595 1312
211
Tools
Flexible shafts
Flexible shaft W 12, rubber covering
HD design. For 0.6 kW 0.85 kW motors. Length 2 m, inner shaft 12 mm. Exchangeable handpiece. Ref. No. 595 0485 Flexible shaft W 12 - G Designation 595 0485
Flexible shaft W 12, metal covering

Solid design. For 0.6 kW 0.85 kW motors. Length 2 m, inner shaft 12 mm. Exchangeable handpiece. Ref. No. 595 0409 Flexible shaft W 12 - M Designation
595 0409
Flexible shaft W 15, rubber covering

HD design. For 0.85 kW - 1.8 kW motors. Length 2 m, inner shaft 15 mm. Exchangeable handpiece. Ref. No. 595 0492 Flexible shaft W 15 - G Designation 595 0492
Flexible shaft W 15, metal covering

Solid design. For 0.85 kW - 1.8 kW motors. Length 2 m, inner shaft 15 mm. Exchangeable handpiece. Ref. No. 595 0416 Flexible shaft W 15 - M Designation 595 0416
212
Tools
Spare parts for flexible shafts

Ref. No. 595 0423 Spare inner shaft, for 595 0485, 595 0409 595 0430 Spare inner shaft, for 595 0492, 595 0416 595 0423 Designation
595 0911 Spare covering - rubber, for 595 0485 595 0928 Spare covering - rubber, for 595 0492 595 0447 Spare covering - metal, for 595 0409 595 0454 Spare covering - metal, for 595 0416
595 0430
595 0461 Spare handpiece for 595 0485, 595 0409, 595 0492, 595 0416
595 0911
595 0928
595 0447
595 0454
G
595 0461
213
Tools
Pneumatic rubber cutting machine

Properties: With high-power, overload-protected compressed-air motor Area of application: For cutting rubber, conveyor belts with fabric plies and polyurethane
Rubber cutting machine Model 32

Features The cutting machine is designed to provide forward feed through the rotary movement of the cutting knife Overload-proof pneumatic motor Straight right-angled exact cut Cutting capacity in rubber up to 50 mm Hardness 40-90 Shore A Areas of application For cutting rubber, conveyor belts with fabric inserts and polyurethane Scope of delivery With 5 m spiral supply hose Speed Rubber hardness Rubber thickness Air pressure Air volume requirement Air hose connector Air hose inner Weight Ref. No. Designation 30 rpm 40 - 90 Shore A max. 50 mm max. 6.3 bar 15.5 ltr/sec 1/4 Inch min. 8 mm 8 kg
595 2270
595 2270 Rubber cutting machine Model 32
Accessories Rubber Cutting Machines Models 21/32

Ref. No. 595 2249 Spare circular blade Model 32, 200 mm 595 2706 Adapter for blade 595 2720 Plastic roll, 24 mm Designation Content
595 2744 Brass roll (blade guide)
595 2751 Spare lamella for compressed-air motor
518 4251 Maintenance set with: - Air nipple - Coupling - Wall bracket 595 4450 Oil 595 2713 Spiral supply hose, 5 m, inner diameter 8.0 mm Includes nipple and quick coupling.
1.0 l
595 2768 Cutting guide SL-32 Roller set with cutting guide (with swivel arm bracket). To be mounted on Rubber Cutting Machine Model 32. Used as a cutting guide for cutting REMAGRIP 70/CN-SL strip lagging to size. 595 2232 Spare circular blade Model 21, 143 mm
214
Tools
REMASTRIP Cable stripping system

REMASTRIP Cable stripping system
For stripping steel cables when preparing belt splices. The cutting device is designed for cable pitches of 10 - 25 mm and for diameters of 4.9 to 11.3 mm. Higher belt strengths on request (REMASTRIP L and REMASTRIP XL). Ref. No. Designation
595 1965 REMASTRIP Cutting device Consists of: 5951549 5 Blades, top, for cable 7.2 mm 5951642 5 Blades, bottom, for cable 7.2 mm 5951587 5 Blades, top, for cable 9.7 mm 5951680 5 Blades, bottom, for cable 9.7 mm 5951721 1 Blade holder No. 1, top, for max. 8.9 mm cable 5951745 1 Blade holder No. 1, bottom, for max. 8.9 mm cable 5951738 1 Blade holder No. 2, top, for 9.0 mm cable and above 5951752 1 Blade holder No. 2, bottom, for 9.0 mm cable and above 5951769 1 Pressure roller No. 1, top, for max. 8.9 mm cable 5951941 1 Pressure roller No. 2, top, for 9.0 mm cable and above 5951879 2 Setting gauges (for rough adjustment of cutting unit)
595 1965
Accessories REMASTRIP
595 1910 Pulling unit Ref. No. Designation Qty
595 1927 Slide unit, 3 m For belt widths up to 2 200 mm 595 1934 Slide unit, 4 m For belt widths over 2 200 mm 595 1525 Blades, top For 4.9 mm cable .
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
595 2335 Blades, top For 7.5 mm cable .
595 1642 Blades, bottom For 7.2 mm cable .
215
Tools
Accessories REMASTRIP
Ref. No. 595 2342 Blades, bottom For 7.5 mm cable . Designation Qty 50
50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
595 2328 Blades, bottom For 12.5/13.2 mm cable .
595 2311 Blades, top For 12.5/13.2 mm cable .
216
Tools
Buffing tools
Wire brushes embedded in PVC
Universal usage. Excellent buffing texture. Significantly longer service life (5-6 times) than standard wire brushes. Improved operational safety. Bore 14 mm, outer 76 mm. For mounting with shaft for drill chuck (595 4261), shaft for quick coupling (519 6665), arbor MK I for flexible shaft (595 4286). Ref. No. 595 4168 Wire brush, cylindrical Width 7 mm 595 4175 Wire brush, contour Width 20 mm
595 4175 595 4168
Designation
595 4182 Wire brush, cylindrical Width 20 mm

595 4182
Steel wire brushes, tress-shaped wire brush

For buffing rubber-coated steel cables when splicing steel cord conveyor belts. Borehole 16 mm to mount with arbor MK I. 595 0564 Steel wire brush 595 0571 Steel wire brush 595 0090 Tress-shaped wire brush Ref. No. Designation 25 mm 24 mm 25 mm Width 100 mm 80 mm 100 mm Bore 16 mm 16 mm 16 mm
595 0564
595 0571
Grooved wire brush

For buffing rubber-coated steel cables during preparation of belt splices. For use with arbor MK I for flexible shaft (595 0502). Ref. No. 595 8803 Grooved Wire Brush 595 8802 Grooved Wire Brush Designation Width 34 mm 40 mm 100 mm 100 mm 13.2 mm 13.3 mm Bore
595 0090
595 8803
217
Tools
Wire brush
For buffing, cleaning and derusting. Corrugated special wire (0.3 mm thick). Rigid shaft 6 mm for mounting with quick coupling (519 6672), arbor MK I for flexible shaft (595 0519). 594 0360 Wire brush 594 0370 Wire brush 594 0380 Wire brush 595 0076 Wire brush 595 0722 Wire brush Ref. No. Designation 12 mm 18 mm 18 mm 20 mm 8 mm Width 40 mm 50 mm 60 mm 60 mm 60 mm 594 0360
594 0370
594 0380
595 0076
Hard metal grinding rings, copper-carbide

For buffing soft rubber material, also for hard-to-access areas. Little heating of surfaces. Borehole 9.5 mm, outer diameter 50 mm. For mounting with shaft for drill chuck (595 4034), shaft for quick coupling (519 6610), and arbor MK I for flexible shaft (595 4027). Ref. No. 595 8827 Hard metal grinding ring K 18 Width 19 mm 595 8858 Hard metal grinding ring K 18 Width 10 mm Designation
595 0722
595 8827
595 8858
218
Tools
Hard metal contour wheels, copper-carbide

For grinding curves and uneven surfaces as well as hard-to-access areas. Little heating of surfaces. Ref. No. 595 8865 Hard metal contour wheel K 18 For use with arbor (595 4034), quick coupling (519 6610), arbor MK I (595 4027) Designation Width 25 mm 50 mm 3/8 Inch Bore 595 8865
595 4247 Hard metal contour wheel K 18 For use with arbor MK I (595 4285).
595 4223 Hard metal contour wheel K 18 For use with arbor (595 4261), quick coupling (519 6634), arbor MK I (595 4285)
32 mm
76 mm
14 mm
595 4223
40 mm
102 mm
14 mm 595 4247
Hard metal buffing wheel, copper-carbide

Especially for buffing soft rubber at high speeds (3 800 - 4 500 rpm). Ensures rough surfaces at low speeds and little heating of surfaces. Mounting with arbor for flexible shaft (595 4285). Ref. No. 595 0784 Hard metal buffing wheel , copper- 40 mm carbide Arbor MK I for flexible shaft (595 4285). Designation Width 102 mm Bore 14 mm 595 0784
Tungsten carbide buffing wheel

Longer service life compared with copper-carbide hard metal buffing wheels. Ref. No. 595 0643 Tungsten carbide buffing wheel K 24 Designation Width 38 mm 102 mm Bore 12 mm 595 0643
219
Tools
Shell stones
Ensure extremely uniform buffing results, such as for finishing of repaired areas. 595 0588 Buffing wheel, flat For use with drill chuck (595 0540), shaft for quick coupling (519 6689), and arbor MK I (595 0502) 595 0117 Buffing wheel, flat Shaft for drill chuck (595 0100), shaft for quick coupling (519 6672). 595 0595 Buffing wheel, contour For use with drill chuck (595 0540), shaft for quick coupling (519 6689), and arbor MK I (595 0502) Ref. No. Designation Width 30 mm 15 mm 30 mm 90 mm 60 mm 90 mm Bore 16 mm 595 0588 6 mm 16 mm 595 0117
595 0595
Buffing pin
Ref. No. 595 4406 Buffing pin SP 20326 AR For use with drill chuck Designation
595 4406
Buffing tools for finishing

For fine and finish buffing of rubber (buffing of flash and spew). Ref. No. 595 5507 Buffing tool set ESB 45 Shaft for drill chuck (rigid shaft 6 mm), shaft for quick coupling (519 6672), and arbor MK I for flexible shaft (595 0519). Set consisting of: - 1 carrier, 45 mm, 30 mm - 5 buffing rings K 60, 45 x 30 mm Designation Width 30 mm 45 mm 595 5507
595 5514 Spare buffing ring K 60, 45 x 30 mm For ESB 45 (595 5507). 595 5521 Spare buffing ring K 40, 45 x 30 mm For ESB 45 (595 5507).
595 5521 30 mm 75 mm
595 5514
595 5569 Spare buffing ring K 60, 75 x 30 mm For ESB 75 (595 5552). 595 5576 Spare buffing ring K 40, 75 x 30 mm For ESB 75 (595 5552).
595 5552 Buffing tool set ESB 75 Shaft for drill chuck (rigid shaft 8 mm), shaft for quick coupling (519 6689), and arbor MK I for flexible shaft (595 4278). Set consisting of: - 1 carrier, 75 mm, 30 mm - 5 buffing rings K 60, 75 x 30 mm
595 5552
595 5569
595 5576
220
Tools
Drilling tools and lubricating pastes

Circular cutters
Grind circular cutters with Allen key adapter for mounting drill chuck. Recommended rpm: max. 1 500 rpm. Ref. No. 511 1413 Circular cutter, 5 mm 511 1420 Circular cutter, 7 mm 511 1437 Circular cutter, 9 mm 511 1444 Circular cutter, 11 mm 511 1451 Circular cutter, 16 mm 511 1468 Circular cutter, 20 mm 511 1475 Circular cutter, 25 mm 511 1468 Designation
HDL drill
For additional boreholes in rubber such as HDL plates or REMASTEEL. Ref. No. 539 4405 HDL drill 50 mm Shaft for drill chuck (rigid shaft 10 mm). Designation 539 4405
Universal lubricant
For optimum lubrication when working with circular cutters and HDL drill. 593 0591 Mounting paste Ref. No. Designation Content 3.5 kg 1.0 kg 593 0591
593 0632 Mounting paste
593 0601 Mounting paste
5.0 kg
G
593 0601
593 0632
221
Tools
Arbors
Arbors for drill chucks
Ref. No. 595 0100 Arbor, shaft 6 mm For buffing disc (595 0117) Designation 595 0100
595 4034 Arbor, shaft 8 mm For buffing tools (3.8 thread or 3/8 borehole) 595 0533 Arbor, shaft 8 mm For wire brushes (595 4175, 595 4182)
595 4034 595 0533
595 0540 Arbor, shaft 8 mm For shell stone wheels (595 0588, 595 0595)
595 4261 Arbor, shaft 8 mm For buffing tools (14 mm borehole and max. 4 mm thickness)
595 0540 595 4261
Arbors for quick coupling

Ref. No. 519 6603 Quick coupling QC, 3/8 - 24 For arbor MK I (595 4010) 519 6672 Adapter NV 11, 6 mm For all tools (6 mm shaft) 519 6689 Adapter NV 11, 8 mm For all tools (8 mm shaft) Designation 519 6603 519 6672
519 6610 Adapter NV 11, 3/8 - 24, 12 mm For all tools (3/8 mm thread)
519 6689
519 6634 Adapter NV 11, M 14 - 11 mm For wire brush (595 4168), copper-carbide contour wheel (595 4223) and copper-carbide buffing wheel (595 0784) 519 6665 Adapter, M 14 - 16 mm For wire brushes (595 4175, 595 4182)
519 6610
519 6634
519 6665
222
Tools
Mounting tools for MK I flexible shaft

Ref. No. 595 0519 Mounting chuck, 6 mm, mounting with MK I For all tools (6 mm shaft) 595 4278 Mounting chuck, 8 mm, mounting with MK I For all tools (8 mm shaft) Designation 595 0519 595 4278
595 4027 Arbor MK I For buffing tools (3.8 thread or 3/8 borehole)
595 0502 Arbor MK I For wire brushes (595 0564, 595 0571, 595 8803, 505 0090), shell stone wheels (595 0588, 595 0595 arbor 595 0540 also required) 595 4285 Arbor MK I For all tools (14 mm borehole ).
595 4027
595 0502
595 4010 Arbor MK I For quick coupling (519 6603), all hexagon adapters
595 4285
595 4010
Angle grinders
Angle grinder FLEX LK 602 VR
For use with face disc. Continuously adjustable rpm. Smooth starting. Only for use with fibre discs (face disc and face nut required). Not suitable for hard metal buffing discs. Face disc Speed Power consumption Voltage Spindle Weight Ref. No. Designation max. 220 mm 0 - 2400 rpm 1 500 Watts 230 V M 14 3.5 kg
594 0610
594 0610 Angle grinder FLEX LK 602 VR
223
Tools
Angle grinder FLEX LK 604

With lateral handle and wrench. Only for use with fibre discs. Not suitable for hard metal buffing discs. Face disc Speed Power consumption Voltage Spindle Weight Ref. No. Designation 175mm 4 000rpm 1 200Watts 230V M 14 3.0kg
594 0630
594 0630 Angle grinder FLEX LK 604 Includes face wheel and face nut.
Angle grinder FLEX L 1202

For heavy-duty rubber buffing. Metal-plastic housing. High torque. Fibre discs require face disc and face nut; clamping flange and clamping nut are necessary for use of the cutting discs, grinding discs and tungsten carbide buffing disc. The wire brush (595 0564) and tress-shaped brush (595 0090) may be used with the tool arbor (595 8205) for angle grinder. Face disc Speed Power consumption Voltage Spindle Weight Ref. No. Designation max. 250 mm 1 750 rpm 1 600 Watts 230 V M 14 4.8 kg
594 0620
594 0620 Angle grinder FLEX L 1202
Angle grinder FLEX L 2106 VC

Rigid metal motor housing. Electrical surge protection. Primarily for cutting with 230 mm disc. Face disc Speed Power consumption Voltage Spindle Weight Ref. No. Designation 230 mm 6 500 rpm 2 000 Watts 230 V M 14 5.5 kg 594 0600
594 0600 Angle grinder FLEX L 2106 VC Includes: - Protective cap - Mounting flange - Mounting nut Lateral handle - Wheel stopping key - Single end spanner
224
Tools
Angle grinder FLEX 3403 VRG

Hand-held angle grinder for buffing rubber. Use of the fibre discs requires face disc (594 1070) and face nut (594 0670). Mounting flange (594 0640) and mounting nut (594 0650) are necessary for use of cutting discs, grinding discs and tungsten carbide buffing discs. Face disc Speed Power consumption Voltage Spindle Weight Ref. No. Designation 125 mm 1 100 - 3 700 rpm 1 400 Watts 230 V M 14 2.2 kg
594 1080 Angle grinder FLEX 3403 VRG
Straight grinder
Straight grinder 3000 R
Suitable for buffing rubber also when splicing steel cord conveyer belts. Speed can be controlled in six steps from 1400 min to 3000 min. Includes face disc, socket wrench, arbor, tension screw, distance disc. Face disc Speed Power consumption Voltage Weight Ref. No. Designation max. 150 mm 1 400 - 3 000 rpm 1 530 Watts 120/230 V 2.9 kg
595 0282 Straight grinder 3000 R 230 V 595 0281 Straight grinder 3000 R 120 V
225
Tools
Wheels and discs

METABO flexible face disc
Ref. No. 594 0680 METABO face disc, 175 mm, M14 594 1070 METABO face disc, 125 mm, M14 594 0670 METABO face nut, M14 Designation 594 0680
Vulkan fibre disc VSM

With cross slots for use in angle grinders with flexible face disc. 594 1090 Fibre disc 125/K 16 Ref. No. Designation 180 mm 22 mm Bore Grit 16 16 24
594 0670
594 0340 Fibre disc 180/K 80
594 0330 Fibre disc 180/K 60
594 0320 Fibre disc 180/K 40
594 0310 Fibre disc 180/K 30
594 0300 Fibre disc 180/K 24
594 0290 Fibre disc 180/K 16
594 1060 Fibre disc 125/K 24
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
180 mm
22 mm
22 mm
22 mm
22 mm
22 mm
22 mm
22 mm
80
60
40
30
24
594 0290
Hard metal buffing disc, copper-carbide

For use in angle grinder L 1202 (594 0620). Risk of damage to bearing when used with less powerful angle grinders. 595 2531 Copper carbide buffing disc 125/K 18 Ref. No. Designation 125 mm Grit 23 18 595 2531
595 2562 Copper carbide buffing disc 125/K 23
175 mm
175 mm
125 mm
23
18
595 2562
226
Tools
Tungsten carbide buffing disc

Longer service life and faster buffing compared with copper-carbide discs. Recommended for angle grinder L 1202 (594 0620). Risk of damage to bearing when used with less powerful angle grinders. 519 6885 Tungsten carbide buffing disc Silver class Ref. No. Designation 175 mm Grit 16 519 6885
Cutting disc
Ref. No. 594 0260 Cutting disc Designation 230 mm Thickness 2 mm
595 3200 Diamond Cutting Disc For cutting of REMALOX HD sheets (ceramic).
180 mm
2.5 mm 594 0260
Grinding disc
For working steel, steel casting, steel alloys and welding seams. Ref. No. 594 0270 Grinding disc Designation 178 mm Thickness 6 mm 8 mm 594 0280
594 0280 Grinding disc
230 mm
Face key tensioning nut stop

Ref. No. 594 0660 Face key, for face nut (594 0670) Designation 594 0660
227
Tools
Mounting flange SW 14
Ref. No. 594 0640 Mounting flange, SW 14 Designation
594 0640
Mounting nut M14

Ref. No. 594 0650 Mounting nut, M14 594 0650 Designation
Tool arbor for angle grinder

Suitable for mounting wire brushes on slim angle grinders. Requires: Wire brush (min. 100 mm, borehole 16 mm), angle grinder spindle (M14). Recommended products from our industrial line: Wire brush (595 0564) and tress-shaped brush (595 0090). Ref. No. 595 8205 Tool arbor for angle grinder Designation
595 8205
Drying hood
Jumbotherm K 25.30 hot air blower
With continuously variable temperature control and monitoring against overheating. Max. air temperature 600 C, air volume 550 l/min. 594 0760 Jumbotherm K 25.30 Ref. No. Designation 3 000 Watts Power 230 V Voltage ca. 2.2 kg Weight 594 0760
594 0770 Heating element, 3 000 W For Jumbotherm K 25.30 (594 0760)
594 0780 Wide-spray nozzle, 75 x 4 mm
3 000 Watts 3 000 Watts
230 V 230 V
ca. 2.2 kg ca. 2.2 kg
594 0780
594 0770
228
Tools
Profile groover
TYRE CUTTER 300
The TYRE CUTTER 300 (TC 300) is the successor to the proven RC 300 regroover For regrooving all tread patterns on commercial vehicle tyres 4-step temperature switch on main transformer for different cutting speeds Handle with separate transformer enables fatigue-free handling Thin connection cable for optimum movability of the handle Most advanced safety technology with all approval seals Cutting width with FIX regrooving blades 3 - 28 mm Ref. No. 564 1170 TYRE CUTTER 300, 115 V (US Version) 564 1180 TYRE CUTTER 300, 230 V (EU Version) 564 1190 TYRE CUTTER 300, 240 V (UK Version) Designation
RUBBER CUT 400 profile groover with roller head

For cutting grooves in rubber from 3-20 mm wide and 7-16 mm deep. RUBBER CUT 400 features a transformer (2 x 4 cutting speed settings) for adjusting the resistance of the blade. This provides the blade with the energy needed for heating, according to the size of the blade. Recommended settings are noted on each blade package. The low weight of the regrooving machine and the individual heating control for the blade allow effortless cutting. Light-running rollers ensure easy and exact blade tracking with the RUBBER CUT 400 R. 564 1158 RUBBER CUT 400 R Ref. No. Designation Voltage 220 - 240 V 110 V 564 1165
564 1165 RUBBER CUT 400 R
229
Tools
Angular blades
564 2858 Angular blades W Fix 1 Ref. No. Designation 3 - 4 mm Groove width max. 7 mm Groove depth Qty 20 20
564 2906 Angular blades W Fix 6
17 - 20 mm
10 - 14 mm
9 - 10 mm
6 - 8 mm
5 - 6 mm
max. 16 mm
max. 16 mm
max. 14 mm
max. 10 mm
max. 8 mm
10
20
20
20
564 2906
Round blades
564 2803 Round blades R Fix 1 Ref. No. Designation 3 - 4 mm Groove width max. 7 mm Groove depth Qty 20 20
564 2841 Round blades R Fix 5
10 - 14 mm
9 - 10 mm
6 - 8 mm
5 - 6 mm
max. 16 mm
max. 14 mm
max. 10 mm
max. 8 mm
20
20
20
564 2841
Spare parts RUBBER CUT

Ref. No. 564 0960 Allen key Designation
564 0960
564 0908 Handle, complete with cable 564 0915 Handle housing 564 0922 Casing 564 0939 Cable, 2 m 564 0915
564 0908
564 0946 Cutting head
564 0953 Blade holder set
564 0850 Mounting chuck set, with rolls 564 0843 Blade head, with rolls 564 0489 Rocker switch MIN-MAX 564 0939
564 0922
564 0946 564 0953 564 0843 564 0850
230
Tools
Sliding aid
593 0649 Talcum powder, asbestos-free Ref. No. Designation Content 500 g 593 0649
Measuring equipment
Thickness gauge
Measurement range 0 - 30 mm. Ref. No. 595 8535 Thickness gauge Designation 595 8535
Shore meters
Ref. No. 595 8528 Shore meter Shore A Designation
595 8542 Shore meter Shore D 595 8528
Hygrometer
Measures relative air humidity. Ref. No. 595 8511 Hygrometer Designation 595 8511
231
Tools
Electrical insulation tester

Electrical device for detection of perforations in corrosion-protection linings made of special rubber. Ref. No. 595 1397 ELMED-Isotest Inspect 35 Content: - 1 testing device - 1 bag with holding strap - 1 accumulator - 1 charger 230V/50Hz - 1 earth cable, 10 m with connector plug and clamping tongs - aluminium transport case - factory and calibration certificate 595 1430 Brazen flat brush, length 300 mm 595 1415 Insulation tester UNION Content: - 1 testing device with charging unit - 1 aluminium case - 1 earth cable, 10 m - 1 flat brush, 300 mm Designation
595 1397
595 2680 Wegener testing gun The Wegener testing gun provides the only option to spark-test fully rubber-lined components, as it does not require any earth connection. Content: - Testing device - Flat brush - Testing broom
595 1415
595 2680
Hydromette UNI 1
To determine ambient temperature, surface temperature and air humidity. These values are necessary to determine the dew point. Ref. No. 595 1408 Hydromette UNI 1 Includes temperature sensor (OT 100). Designation
595 1408
Surface Comparator
For testing surface structure following grit- or sand-blasting (4 roughness grades). Ref. No. 595 2860 Surface Comparator Designation
595 2860
232
Tools
Minitest 600 F
The film thickness is measured just by putting the probe on the surface of the coating. The measuring values are displayed on a digital display (magnetic induction measuring process). Ref. No. 595 2950 Minitest 600 F Designation
595 2950
Wet-film thickness gauge

The various measuring teeth are ideal for measuring wet film thicknesses quickly and easily. Ref. No. 595 2960 Wet film thickness gauge Designation 595 2960
Microtester
The handy Microtester makes it easy to measure the thickness of rubber linings in all positions. This automatic measuring device accurately indicates the thickness of the lining through trailing pointers. Thus, measuring errors are avoided. This device is optimally suited to metallic surfaces, due to its magnetic working process. Ref. No. 595 2870 Microtester (0.5 - 5 mm) Designation
595 2870
595 2880 Microtester (2.5 - 10 mm)
595 2880
233
Wear protection Conveying Bonding systems

Index QUESTIONNAIRES General mill lining Wear protection lining Pulley coverings REMACLEAN Belt Cleaning System REMAPRESS Vulcanising press Conveyor belt cover systems Corrosion protection lining systems Order form Splice packages for steelcord belts Natural and synthetic rubber Typical characteristics 238 239-240 241-242 243 244 245 246 247 248 236-237
A B C D E F G H
Conveyor maintenance Coating systems Rubber lining for corrosion protection Tools Appendix
235-248
235
A B
Angle grinders Arbors Bonding solution CEMENT TC 5000 Bonding solution for CHEMOLINE 8 Bonding solution PARA Bonding solution REMACLAVE SOLUTION Bonding solution SH-3A Bonding solution SH-3E Buffing tools Cable winches Cement BC Series Cement PC Series Cement SC Series Chain winches CHEMOLINE / CHEMONIT materials for flange lining CHEMOLINE 3 CHEMOLINE 4 CHEMOLINE 5 CHEMOLINE 55 CHEMOLINE 70 CHEMOLINE 8 CHEMOLINE RT CHEMONIT 31 CHEMONIT 33 CHEMONIT 35 Cleaning fluid CN Crowning wedge Cold splicing and repair products Conveyor belt tensioning systems COROFLAKE 14 COROFLAKE 18 COROFLAKE 23 COROFLAKE 24 COROFLAKE 28 COROFLAKE 29 COROFLAKE 650 FDA COROFLAKE spray coatings COROFLAKE trowelled coatings COROGARD Universal Coating COROPUR adhesion and insulating primer COROPUR coatings for steel water constructions COROPUR Cover RAL COROPUR Ferro COROPUR Ferro LS COROPUR for atmospheric corrosion protection COROPUR Non Abrasiv COROPUR Non Abrasiv LS
223 222 183 184 189 184 188 189 217 198 106 107 104 198 190 172 173 175 178 179 177 179 185 186 187 109 59 116 197 148 149 150 151 151 152 153 150 148 154 165 161 160 158 159 158 161 162
D F H
M P
COROPUR PI COROPUR Tar COROPUR Tar 21 COROPUR TF 21 COROPUR Zinc M Drilling tools and lubricating pastes Drying hood Flexible shafts Hardening paste HDL (Heavy Duty Lining) Hot splicing and repair products for conveyor belts with fabric plies Hot splicing and repair products for steelcord belts Installation accessories for REMACLIP TTB Installation device for REMACLIP TTN and TTE Installation unit for REMACLIP TTH Measuring equipment Pneumatic rubber cutting machine Primer Primer system HG 1 /HG 2 for Chemonit Primer system PR 500-1 / S 500-2 for Chemoline Profile groover REMA GOO REMACLEAN 60 REMACLEAN 70 REMACLEAN C REMACLEAN CAB REMACLEAN GRB REMACLEAN HM-F1 REMACLEAN HM-F2 REMACLEAN HM-U1 REMACLEAN HM-U2 REMACLEAN HM-U3 REMACLEAN HM-U4 / HM-U5 REMACLEAN HM-U6 REMACLEAN HM-U7 / HM-U8 REMACLEAN IGP - Plough Scraper REMACLEAN KWA REMACLEAN M REMACLEAN PUR REMACLEAN PUR-F3 / PUR-F4 / PUR-F5 REMACLEAN RB-IGD Diagonal Scraper REMACLEAN SGB REMACLEAN Tension Units REMACLEAN TMB
164 162 163 163 164 221 228 212 113 36 124 127 142 138 140 231 214 108 188 183 229 113 71 72 77 74 97 81 82 86 88 90 91 92 93 101 76 78 77 84 102 100 79 99
Index
R REMACLIP accessories REMACLIP accessories REMACLIP connecting pins REMACLIP shark tooth clips REMACLIP TTB REMACLIP TTE REMACLIP TTH REMACLIP TTN REMACOAT 2K spray coatings REMACOAT A-60 REMACOAT A-80 REMACOAT A-80 HP REMACOAT D-40 REMACOAT D-40 S REMACOAT primer REMADUST CCS (Conveyor Cover System) REMADUST dust sealing blankets REMADUST TT Rubber Grip Strips REMAFIX H REMAFIX L REMAFIX S REMAFLON REMAGRIP 100 REMAGRIP 200 REMAGRIP 50 REMAGRIP 60 REMAGRIP 65 REMAGRIP 70 REMAGRIP CK-X REMAGRIP CK-X / CP-X Cover strip REMAGRIP CP-X REMALEN REMALINE 25 REMALINE 35 REMALINE 40 REMALINE 40 ORANGE REMALINE 50 REMALINE 60 REMALINE 65 REMALINE 70 REMALINE 90 REMALINE MP 35 REMALINE MP 40 REMALINE MP 60 REMALOX REMAMILL REMAPRESS CP REMAPRESS Hydraulic vulcanising press REMAPRESS Mechanical vulcanising press 146 169 144 144 140 136 139 134 166 166 167 167 168 168 169 43 42 42 111 111 112 29 55 56 46 47 50 53 57 59 58 29 8 9 12 11 15 16 52 18 22 10 11 17 31 40 130 131 130 REMAPRESS PBP contact press REMAPRESS Repair vulcanising press REMAPRESS Stationary vulcanising press, fully automatic REMAPRESS Vulcanising press for repairing edges and longitudinal tears REMAPRESS Vulcanising press with pressure bag REMASKIRT 40 REMASKIRT 50 REMASKIRT CB 195 REMASLEEVE KSB-E 60/CN REMASLEEVE KSB-RE 70 OIL /CN REMASLEEVE VSB/KSB accessories REMASLEEVE VSB-E 40/CN REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 25 ORANGE/CN REMASLEEVE VSB-RE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN REMASLIDE Bars REMASLIDE Plate REMASTAR REMASTEEL, rubber plates with metal backing REMASTRIP Cable stripping system REMATHAN G 65 REMATHAN G 75 REMATHAN G 90 Respirator Rubber cleats and corrugated edges S Serrated profile plates Skin cleaning Skin protection Special rubber elements Special tools Straight grinder T T2 repair system TIP TOP LINING 65 TIP TOP LINING 74 (concrete) TIP TOP LINING laminate coatings TOPLINE laminate coatings TOPLINE W TT Fastening Units for KG and ZP Bars U UNIGRIP 60 UNIGRIP 65 UNILINE 40 UNILINE 60 UNISKIRT 40 UNISKIRT 60 UVZ Plates V Vulc-Compound A + B W WK splicing and repair products WK vulcanising press R 123 132 132 132 131 66 67 68 64 65 65 64 62 63 70 30 23 38 215 26 27 28 192 133 34 195 194 32 199 225 114 156 157 156 155 155 33 60 61 24 25 69 69 35 113 122 123
237
Questionnaire
General mill lining
Customer: Phone: Address:
Contact person: Fax: Country (representation): E-mail:
Mill Data Manufacturer Installed Engine Power Conditions of operation Type of Mill* KW Grinding Stage Primary Autogeneous Ball Multi compartment Process* Overflow Center peripheral Process* Inside diameter* Wet mm mm mm Inclined rpm Equal to and Dual Shell Discharge end head Cupped % Ncr rpm Mill Serial No.: Delivery year Secondary Semiautogeneous Pebble Batch Grate Other Dry, max. temperature Length (inside) C mm End peripheral Regrind Rod Washing drum
Inner diameter of the feed trunnion* Inner diameter of the discharge trunnion* Heads* Speed* Straight Fixed Variable, between Rotating direction, seen from feed end: Clockwise Number of manholes*: Numbers of rows*: Grinding media Type*: Operational data Type of ground material*: Capacity*: Type of water used* Well water Max. size Feed end head Anticlockwise
mm
Charge volume media:
Max. size of feed*: Product size*: Recycled water Yes Conductivity
mm m Other No S cm-1
Oil or chemicals in process water*: pH value of process water*: Operating hours/year: Existing lining product: Manufacturer: Thickness of lining: (rubber lining) Steel Feed end head plate: Shell plate: Discharge end head plate: *minimum data required for a preliminary quotation
Rubber mm mm mm
Other Lifter: Lifter: Lifter: mm mm mm
Place and date
Name
Signature
238
Questionnaire
Wear protection lining
1) Equipment Equipment or installation to be lined: Partial lining Complete lining New lining Previously lined Manufacturer Material Thickness of material Fixing system Service life Total material flow Equipment already in operation No. of drawing Still in planning stage Indicate angle in drawing Remarks / drawing enclosed
2) Purpose of the lining: Protection from wear Protection from corrosion Protection from caking 3) Information about transported materials: Type of material Composition of material Lump size From: To: Noise reduction Other
Breakdown of lump size in percentage: Spec. weight Humidity Oil content Chemicals (especially acids):
Constant temperature
Maximum temperature Period
239
Questionnaire
Wear protection lining
4) Material delivery (feeding system) Conveyor belt Truck Excavator Other method: Capacity/h Angle of impact Belt speed: Tonnage/load: m/s
(see sketch)
Height of fall h (see sketch) Area of impact marked in drawing no. Type of wear (abrasive or cutting, etc.) and any further information:
5) Recommended type of lining (to be filled out by REMA TIP TOP Industrie): Material: Dimensions: Modification of existing construction: Not necessary No possible Required (drawing enclosed!) Problems during installation: Fixing system:
Additional information:
Place and date
Name
Signature
240
Questionnaire
Pulley coverings
General information on conveyor system Manufacturer/OEM Maintained by Type of plant Year built Location Temperature Outside C Carrying capacity Operating times Day h/d Roofed over Min. t/h Weeks horizontal d/w rising falling C Closed room Max. C Underground
Conveying direction
Please attach pictures! If possible, attach a drawing of the plant!
Information on drive / If more than three drive rollers, please record in Notes Speed v= Drive power [kW] Pulley 1 Pulley 2 Pulley 3 Drive on System head System foot Yes Multiple No m/s Pulley [mm] Wrap angle [] T1 Start [kN] T1 Running [kN] T2 Start [kN] T2 Running [kN]
Reversing operation
Information on material being conveyed Designation Min. lump size Moisture Oil/grease or chemicals Please attach pictures! Max. % No mm Specific weight Temperature If yes, which kinds: g/cm3 C
Place and date
Name
Signature
241
Questionnaire
Pulley coverings
Information about conveyor belt Type Manufacturer Belt bond Troughing transition Dimensions Cover plate thickness Condition Bond type Width Running side New Cold m mm mm Textile belt Steelcord belt Designation Pretension Belt trough Thickness Conveying side Used Hot mm mm Damaged Mechanical kN Length mm PVC/PVG
Information on pulley / If multiple drives, please record data in Notes Type of pulley Pulley width Crown bow Drive B1 Yes mm Redirector B2 Yes mm Tensioner B3 Yes mm
Old covering Manufacturer Covering thickness Problem Required quality V S HR OIL mm Type Running time
Please attach pictures!
New covering Covering thickness Date fitted Special quality Please attach pictures! V mm Type Planned running time HR OIL
Notes, special details!
Place and date
Name
Signature
242
Questionnaire
REMACLEAN - Belt Cleaning System
Information about conveyor equipment: Belt designation: Belt width (mm): Belt surface: Shuttle belt conveyor: Belt splice: Operating time: New Distance between pulleys (m): Used / smooth Yes Cold hours per day C Damaged No Hot Mechanical days per week Type / make: Belt speed (m/s): Heavily damaged
Temperature at the site where the belt cleaning system is to be used: Pulley diameter mm No Evenly used Pulley covering, rounded Yes Pulley covering condition: Evenly used Remarks:
Damaged
Heavily damaged
Material conveyed Moisture content Quartz content: Sticky admixture content: % Yes % No
Lump size (mm): Tends to dry or harden: Yes No
Installed cleaning system: Manufacturer: Estimate of cleaning performance: Type:
Remarks: Information prepared:
Place and date
Name
Signature
H
New cleaning system recommended: Type: Remarks: Ref. No.:
Recommendation prepared:
Place and date
Name
Signature
243
Questionnaire
REMAPRESS Vulcanising press
Vulcanising press for the following belts Belt DIN designation: Belt width in mm: Splice length according to standard or customer Type of splice / / / Rectangular Rhomboid 22 Traverse pressure system Pressure system Mechanical Motorised operation Hydraulic Manual operation Pressure cushion system For hydraulic systems only: Hydraulic pump Temperature and time controls Automatic temperature control Automatic time control Cooling Compressed air cooling Water cooling Without cooling Power supply Operating voltage 230V 400V Type of current Alternating current 50Hz Examples of partitioning of the heating plates: Unit without partitioning Optimised combination for various belts Combination with plates for optional edge repair Beispiele: 380V 500V 60Hz V Three-phase alternating current / / / / / / Rhomboid 16 Rhomboid 30
Place and date
Name
Signature
244
Questionnaire
Conveyor belt cover systems
Please enter all data and ask REMA TIP TOP for an individual offer!
ID A B D E G H K M Y Z P L
Designation Width of structure Distance between fitting drill holes Profile size Roll length Width roll to roll Roll diameter Distance profile to roll Distance profile to upper edge of roll Ceiling distance Cover plate Profile alignment No. of elements
Value mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Yes Inwards No Outwards per 1200 mm
Place and date
Name
Signature
245
Questionnaire
Corrosion protection lining systems
Plant description: Round Dimensions: Base material: Mild steel Other: Vessel situation: Vessel insulated: Required protection: Indoors Yes Part/repair lining Outdoors No Complete lining New lining Stainless steel Concrete Square Open top Closed roof
Item was lined with (material, thickness, supplier, life):
Purpose of the lining: Preferred lining method: Customer's equipment:
Protection from corrosion Protection from corrosion/wear Other purpose On-site rubber lining Autoclave On-site rubber lining Workshop rubber lining Airless spraying equipment Workshop rubber lining Coating 2K-Airless injection device (REMACOAT) Coatings
Customers experience: Description of medium:
Chemical formula and concentration of medium:
Temperature: Yes Yes No No
pH value:
Agitator present: Drawing attached:
Created by (name, date and department):
Material recommendation: Offer prepared by (name, date and department):
Place and date
Name
Signature
246
Order form
Splice packages for steelcord belts
We hereby order
units of splice packages, as per the following specifications.
Belt manufacturer Belt specifications/Belt designation Rubber grade Cable pitch Cable diameter Belt width Top cover thickness Bottom cover thickness Specified splice length Splice geometry Rhombic (16) Rhombic (22) Running side St mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Rectangular Other: Carrying side
Breaker
Place and date
Name
Signature
247
Natural and synthetic rubber Typical characteristics
Abbreviation according to DIN ISO 1629 NR
Designation
General Characteristics of Vulcanised Rubber
Operating Temperatures (C) longer periods short periods -55 to +90
Natural Rubber
Multi purpose rubber with the most balanced -30 to +80 characteristics (high tensile strength, elasticity and resistance to wear). Moderate resistance gaianst ozone (light colors only). Not resistant against oil, grease and fuel. see NR Only used for blends with other elastomers (NR, IR, SBR). Very high abrasion resistance and high elasticity. High flame resistance, good resistance against chemicals, ozone and ageing. Moderate resistance against oil and grease. High tensile strength and abrasion resistance. Moderate to good resistance against ozone, ageing. Not resistant against oil and grease. Special rubber with high resistance against mineral oil, grease and fuel. Moderate to good resistance against ozone and ageing (light colors only). Special rubber with low air permeability and excellent dampening properties. Good resistance against heat. Not resistant against oil, grease and fuel. Special rubber with high chemical resistance (acids, alkaline solutions). Good resistance against heat and ozone. High resistance against water vapors. Not resistant against oil, grease and fuel. -40 to +100
IR BR
Isoprene Rubber Butadiene Rubber
-60 to +110
CR
Chloroprene Rubber
-25 to +90
-30 to +110
SBR
Styrene Butadiene Rubber Nitrile Rubber
-25 to +90
-30 to +100
NBR
-25 to +100
-35 to +120
IIR
Butyl Rubber
-30 to +120
-40 to +140
CIIR/BIIR
Chlorbutyl / Brombutyl Rubber
-40 to +100
-40 to +120
AU CSM
Polyurethane Chlorosulfonated Polyethylen
Very good abrasion resistance. Good resistance -30 to +80 against mineral oil, grease and fuel. High elasticity.
-30 to +80
Excellent resistance against ozone and weather- -20 to +100 -20 to +120 ing. Good resistance against oxiding chemicals (chromic acid, hypochlorite). Good resistance against mineral oil and fuel. Electrically insulating. This is general information. In specific cases we recommend you to seek for technical application advice regarding stresses caused by temperature, ozone, media dynamic and static forces, tension, distension or any other influences. Instruction or operation manuals and product information have to be taken notice of.
248
Notes
249
Notes
250
251
Your local contact:
582 0201 - V.2012 Printed in Germany REMA TIP TOP GmbH Business Segment Material Processing Business Segment Surface Protection Gruber Strasse 63 85586 Poing Germany Phone: +49 8121 70710-245 Fax: +49 8121 70710-222 www.rema-tiptop.com

Rema Tip Top Industrie 2013

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Rema Tip Top Industrie 2013

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Rema Tip Top Industrie 2013

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

REMA TIP TOP INDUSTRIAL PROGRAM

Our service is your success!

ONE BRAND - ONE SOURCE - ONE SYSTEM

24-25 26-28 29 29 30 31 32-38 40-41 42-43

60-61 62-65 66-68 69 70 71-75 76-78 79-80

REMACOAT 2K polyurea corrosion and abrasion protection spray coatings 166-169

171-190 172-180 181-182 183-184 185-187 188-189 191-233 190

192-196 235-248 236-237 197-233

xx-xx 7-44 7-43

24-25 26-28 29 29 30 31 32-38 40-41 42-43

Rubber lining for corrosion

Wear protection REMALINE 25

REMALINE High-quality rubber lining materials

549 9000 REMALINE 25/CN

10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm 15 x 2 000 mm 20 x 2 000 mm

11.20 kg/m 13.32 kg/m 16.20 kg/m 21.40 kg/m

Wear protection REMALINE 35

REMALINE High-quality rubber lining materials

3 x 1 500 mm 6 x 2 000 mm 10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm 15 x 2 000 mm 20 x 2 000 mm 25 x 2 000 mm 8 x 2 000 mm 5 x 2 000 mm

549 0615 REMALINE 35/EP160/CN

10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm 15 x 2 000 mm

11.40 kg/m 13.44 kg/m 16.50 kg/m

REMALINE High-quality rubber lining materials

10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm 15 x 2 000 mm 20 x 2 000 mm

6.9 kg/m 11 kg/m 12.96 kg/m 16.20 kg/m 21.60 kg/m

REMALINE High-quality rubber lining materials

549 0859 REMALINE 40 ORANGE/CN

549 0873 REMALINE 40 ORANGE/CN

10 x 2 000 mm 12 x 2 000 mm 20 x 2 000 mm 25 x 2 000 mm

11.13 kg/m 13.23 kg/m 21.84 kg/m 27.04 kg/m

549 1490 REMALINE MP 40/CN

549 1480 REMALINE MP 40/CN

549 1470 REMALINE MP 40/CN

549 1460 REMALINE MP 40/CN

549 1450 REMALINE MP 40/CN

549 1440 REMALINE MP 40/CN

Wear protection REMALINE 40

REMALINE High-quality rubber lining materials

3 x 1 500 mm 6 x 2 000 mm 10 x 2 000 mm

549 1054 REMALINE 40/CN 549 1092 REMALINE 40/CN

549 1229 REMALINE 40/EP160/CN 549 1236 REMALINE 40/EP160/CN

549 1140 REMALINE 40/EP160/CN

11.60 kg/m 17.10 kg/m

REMALINE High-quality rubber lining materials

3 x 1 500 mm 6 x 2 000 mm 10 x 2 000 mm

3.60 kg/m 12.00 kg/m 7.25 kg/m

549 1597 REMALINE 40 S/CN

549 1560 REMALINE 40 S/CN

549 2070 REMALINE 40 HR/CN 549 2101 REMALINE 40 HR/CN

REMALINE High-quality rubber lining materials

REMALINE 40 WHITE FOOD/CN

3 x 1 500 mm 6 x 2 000 mm 10 x 2 000 mm

3.40 kg/m 11.40 kg/m 6.80 kg/m

Wear protection REMALINE 50

REMALINE High-quality rubber lining materials

3 x 1 500 mm 5 x 2 000 mm 6 x 2 000 mm 10 x 2 000 mm

3.96 kg/m 6.25 kg/m 11.70 kg/m 7.38 kg/m

549 2682 REMALINE 50/CN

549 2668 REMALINE 50/CN

Lagging for non-driven pulleys with moderate to high belt traction

Area of application: Lining for simple applications and wet wear

Area of application: Lining for simple applications and dry wear